1
Back to Table of Contents
WISCONSIN DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
GUIDE TO SPECIAL EDUCATION FORMS
Originally published September 2008
October 2023 Revisions: Disability Category Criteria Forms, I-1-C, I-4, M-7, M-8, P-1, and P-2
INTRODUCTION
Special education forms assist local educational agencies (LEA) and parents in implementing federal and state special education laws by guiding them
through referring and evaluating students, developing individualized education programs (IEPs), and determining educational placements. Some forms
assist in implementing other requirements, such as conducting a manifestation determination and determining the need for extended school year services.
In addition, the forms serve as a LEA’s primary documentation tool for demonstrating compliance with many of the requirements of federal and state
special education laws and improving outcomes for students with disabilities. Information about improving outcomes for students with disabilities under
Results Driven Accountability (RDA) may be found at http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/results-driven-accountability.
The information in this guide is intended to provide general guidance to assist LEA staff and parents in implementing requirements of federal and state
special education law. It is not intended to provide student-specific legal advice. State special education law, Subchapter V of Chapter 115, and the
Federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), 34 CFR Parts 300 & 303, along with related information and materials for implementing
federal and state special education requirements is available at http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/laws-procedures-bulletins.
The Department of Public Instruction’s (DPI) special education forms (also translated in Spanish and Hmong) and this guide are available in hard copy
by contacting the Special Education Team, DPI, P.O. Box 7841, Madison, WI 53707-7841; or accessing the DPI website at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/laws-
procedures-bulletins/procedures/sample/forms.
2
Back to Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2
Prior Written Notice 5
Timelines 6
Referral and Evaluation 9
R-1 Referral for Special Education Evaluation. Wis. Stat. § 115.777. 9
IE-1 Notice of Receipt of Referral and Start of Initial Evaluation 12
IE-2 Initial Evaluation: Notice that No Additional Assessments Needed 15
IE-3 Initial Evaluation: Notice and Consent Regarding Need to Conduct Additional Assessments 17
RE-1 Notice of Reevaluation 20
RE-2 Notice of Agreement to Conduct a Reevaluation More Than Once a Year 23
RE-3 Notice of Agreement that a Three-Year Reevaluation Not Needed 25
RE-4 Reevaluation: Notice that No Additional Assessments Needed 27
RE-5 Reevaluation: Notice and Consent Regarding Need to Conduct Additional Assessments 30
ED-1 Existing Data Review to Determine if Additional Assessments or Evaluation Data Are Needed 33
ER-1 Evaluation Report Including: Determination of Disability Category and Need for Specially Designed Instruction 38
ER-1-DIS Introduction to Disability Category Determinations as Part of a Comprehensive Evaluation 48
ER-1-AUT Criteria for Disability Category: Autism 49
ER-1-BVI Criteria for Disability Category: Blind and Visually Impaired 53
ER-1-DHH Criteria for Disability Category: Deaf and Hard of Hearing 57
ER-1-DB Criteria for Disability Category: Deafblind 61
ER-1-EBD Criteria for Disability Category: Emotional Behavioral Disability 66
ER-1-ID Criteria for Disability Category: Intellectual Disability 72
ER-1-OHI Criteria for Disability Category: Other Health Impairment 76
ER-1-OI Criteria for Disability Category: Orthopedic Impairment 79
ER-1-SDD Criteria for Disability Category: Significant Developmental Delay 82
3
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-SLI Criteria for Disability Category: Speech or Language Impairment 87
ER-1-TBI Criteria for Disability Category: Traumatic Brain Injury 95
ER-2A Required Documentation for Specific Learning Disability (SLD) – Initial Evaluation 98
ER-2B Required Documentation for Specific Learning Disability (SLD) – Reevaluation 103
ER-2C Required Documentation for Specific Learning Disability (SLD) – Initial Evaluation Using Significant Discrepancy 106
ER-3 Evaluation Report: Documentation for Determining Braille Needs for a Child with a Visual Impairment 111
ER-4 Notice of IEP Team Findings that Child Is Not a Child with a Disability 112
Arranging/Scheduling Individualized Education Program Meetings 113
I-1 Invitation to a Meeting of the Individualized Education Program Team (IEP) 113
I-1-A Request to Invite Outside Agency Representative(s) to the Individualized Education Program (IEP) Meeting 119
I-1-B Request to Invite Birth to 3 Program Representative(s) to the Initial Individualized Education Program (IEP) Meeting 121
I-1-C Request to Invite Others with Knowledge or Special Expertise to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) Meeting 122
I-2 Agreement on IEP Team Participant Attendance at IEP Meeting 123
I-3 IEP Team Meeting Cover Page 126
Developing Individualized Education Programs 130
I-4 IEP: Linking Present Levels, Needs, Goals and Services Form 130
I-5 Annual Review of IEP Goals 149
I-6 Interim Review of IEP Goals 151
I-7 Statewide and District-wide Assessments 153
I-7-A Participation Guidance for Alternative Assessment 155
I-7 District-wide Assessment 156
I-7 ACCESS for ELLs®/Alternative ACCESS for ELLs
159
I-7 The ACT® with writing 161
I-7 Pre-ACT® Secure 163
I-7 DLM® 164
I-7 Forward 166
I-8 Postsecondary Transition Plan Worksheet 167
I-10 Notice of Changes to IEP without an IEP Meeting 170
4
Back to Table of Contents
I-11 Extended School Year 172
I-12 Manifestation Determination Review 173
DW-1 Documenting Educational Services During Disc. Removals that Do Not Constitute a Disc. Change of Placement 175
Determining Placements 177
P-1 Determination and Notice of Placement: Consent for Initial Placement 178
P-2 Determination and Notice of Placement 182
P-3 Notice of Graduation 186
P-4 Notice of Ending of Services Due to Age 188
P-5 Parent Revocation of Consent for Special Education 189
P-6 Notice of Cessation of Special Education and Related Services in Response to Parental Revocation of Consent 190
Miscellaneous 192
M-1 Notice of Response to an Activity Requested by a Parent 192
M-2 Notice of Agreement to Extend Time Limit to Complete Evaluation for Transfer Student 193
M-3 Agreement to Extend the Time Limit to Complete the Eval. of a Child Suspected of Having a Specific Learning Disability 195
M-5 Consent to Bill Wisconsin Medicaid for Medically-Related Special Education and Related Services 197
M-6 Notification of Upcoming Transfer of Rights 198
M-7 Student Notification of Transfer of Rights 199
M-8 Parent Notification of Transfer of Rights 200
5
Back to Table of Contents
Prior Written Notice
Parents must be provided written notice a reasonable time before a LEA:
proposes to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of a student or the provision of FAPE to the student; or
refuses to initiate or change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of a student or the provision of FAPE to the student.
34 CFR § 300.503(a); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b).
Anytime written notice is required it must include:
a description of the action proposed or refused by the LEA;
an explanation of why the LEA proposes or refuses to take the action;
a description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record, or report the LEA used as a basis for the proposed or refused action;
a description of any other options that the LEA considered and the reasons why those options were rejected;
a description of other factors that are relevant to a LEA’s proposal or refusal;
a statement that parents have protection under the procedural safeguards of special education law and, if the notice is not an initial referral for
evaluation, the means by which a copy of a description of the procedural safeguards can be obtained; and
sources for parents to contact to obtain assistance in understanding the provisions of special education law.
34 CFR § 300.503(b); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
Notices must be:
written in language understandable to the general public;
provided in the native language of the parent or other mode of communication of the parent, unless it is clearly not feasible to do so; and
if the native language or other mode of communication of the parent is not a written language the LEA must take steps to ensure that
(1) the notice is translated orally or by other means to the parent in his or her native language or other mode of communication, and (2) the
parent understands the content of the notice. The LEA must maintain written evidence of having complied with the requirements in (1) and (2).
34 CFR § 300.503(c); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
NOTE:
In the Sample Special Education forms for Wisconsin, the prior written notice requirement is documented in a variety of forms, including, but not limited
to, the Evaluation and Reevaluation Notices (IE-1 through IE-3 and RE-1 through RE-5), the Determination and Notice of Placement (P-1 or P-2), Notice
of Graduation (P-3), Notice of Ending of Services Due to Age (P-4), Notice of Cessation of Special Education in Response to Parental Revocation of
Consent (P-6), and Notice of Response to an Activity Requested by Parent (M-1).
When a student reaches the age of majority (age 18 in Wisconsin), the rights under special education law transfer to the student unless a guardian has
been appointed. Model forms M-6, M-7, and M-8 provide the parent(s) and adult student with upcoming notice and notice of this transition. Wis. Stat. §
115.807(3). Consequently, when any of the above notices are sent to an adult student, the LEA should modify the language (e.g., changing “your child
or your student” to “you”). In addition, when any of these notices are sent to an adult student, a copy also must be sent to the student’s parents.
6
Back to Table of Contents
Timelines
Evaluation
At least annually, the LEA must inform parents and others required to make referrals about the LEA’s referral and evaluation procedures.
Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(d).
Notify the parent(s) in writing that a referral was received and of the start of the initial evaluation, or of initiating a reevaluation. 34 CFR §
300.503(a); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b). Within 15 business days of receiving a referral to evaluate a student, or initiating a reevaluation, the
IEP team must complete its review of existing evaluation data and send the student’s parents a request for consent to evaluate, or if no
additional data are necessary, notify the parents of that determination. “Business day” means Monday through Friday except for Federal and
State holidays. There are no legal exceptions or provisions for extension of the 15-business-day timeline. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(e).
Within 60 calendar days of receiving parent consent to evaluate, or informing parents that no additional assessment or evaluation data are
needed, the LEA must complete its evaluation of the student and determine whether the student is or continues to be a child with a disability
under IDEA. 34 CFR § 300.301(c); Wis. Stat. § 115.78(3)(a). There are exceptions to the 60-day timeline. The timeline may be extended by
mutual written agreement between the parent and the LEA when the student is being evaluated for a specific learning disability for the first
time. 34 CFR § 300.309(c); Wis. Admin. Code P.I. § 11.36(6)(b). This provision provides the LEA time to gather information about a student’s
responses to interventions. Also, the timeline may be extended when a student transfers from one LEA to another during the 60-day time
period if the receiving LEA is making sufficient progress to ensure prompt completion of an initial evaluation or reevaluation and the parent
and LEA agree to a specific time when it will be completed. 34 CFR § 300.301(d)(2) and (e); Wis. Stat. § 115.78(3)(b)1. Another exception
is when the parent repeatedly refuses or fails to make the student available for an evaluation or a reevaluation. 34 CFR § 300.301(d)(1); Wis.
Stat. § 115.78(3)(b)2. LEAs must ensure that a reevaluation occurs if the LEA determines the educational or related service needs, including
improved academic achievement and functional performance, warrant a reevaluation or if the student’s parent or teacher requests the
reevaluation. 34 CFR § 300.303(a).
At least once every 3 years a student with a disability must be reevaluated unless the parent and LEA agree that a reevaluation is unnecessary.
There are no exceptions or provisions for extension in the law. 34 CFR § 300.303(b)(2); Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)2.
The IEP team reevaluates the student no more than once a year unless the student’s parents and the LEA agree otherwise 34 CFR
§ 300.303(b)(1); Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)2.
The IEP team must evaluate a student with a disability before determining that the student is no longer a student with a disability. However,
a reevaluation is not required before the ending of special education services because the student has graduated from secondary school or
because they have reached the age of 18. Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)1.
Individualized Education Programs (IEPs)
Within 30 calendar days of determining a student is or continues to be a child with a disability” under IDEA, the IEP team must meet to
develop an IEP and determine a placement for the student. 34 CFR § 300.323(c)(1); Wis. Stat § 115.78(3)(c).
Each LEA shall have an IEP in effect for each student with a disability at the beginning of each school year. 34 CFR § 300.323(a); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(1). IEPs must be reviewed periodically, but at least annually. 34 CRR § 300.324(b)(1)(i); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(4)(a)1.
Beginning not later than the first IEP that will be in effect when a student with a disability is or turns age 14 and updated annually thereafter,
the IEP must include a statement of measurable postsecondary goals and the transition services necessary to assist the student in reaching the
goals. 34 CFR § 300.320(b); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(g)1 and 2.
7
Back to Table of Contents
Placement
Within 30 calendar days of determining a child is or continues to be a child with a disability” under IDEA, the IEP team must meet to
determine a placement for the student. Wis. Stat. § 115.78(3)(c).
A student’s placement must be determined at least annually. Wis. Stat. § 115.79(1)(b).
Other
A manifestation determination must be made within 10 school days of any decision to change the placement of a child with a disabilityfor
disciplinary reasons. 34 CFR § 300.530(e)(1).
8
Back to Table of Contents
9
Back to Table of Contents
Referral and Evaluation
R-1 Referral for Special Education Evaluation. Wis. Stat. § 115.777
Form R-1 is used to start the initial evaluation process to determine whether a student is a “child with a disability” under IDEA and state law. State law
does not allow a LEA to refuse a referral for an initial evaluation. When a referral is received by the LEA, the LEA must notify the parent(s) in writing
that a referral was received and of the start of the initial evaluation. The date the LEA receives the referral begins the 15-business-day timeline to complete
the review of existing evaluation data and send the student’s parent(s) notice and request to administer additional assessments or other evaluation materials
or notify the parents no additional assessments or other evaluation materials are needed. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(e).
Under state special education law, LEAs are required to do all of the following:
establish written procedures for accepting and processing referrals;
provide information and in-service opportunities to all of its licensed staff to familiarize them with the LEA’s referral procedures; and
at least annually, inform parent(s) and persons required to make referrals about the LEA’s referral and evaluation procedures.
34 CFR § 300.111; Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3).
The State of Wisconsin has developed an electronic referral system, the Preschool Transition Application, enabling Birth to 3 programs to refer children
with suspected disabilities to LEAs prior to their third birthdays. The Preschool Transition Application is used by the LEA to access all notifications and
referrals received from the Birth to 3 Program. The date the LEA receives the referral in the Preschool Transition Application begins the 15-business-
day timeline. If a child referred by a county Birth to 3 program is determined to be a child with a disability, the LEA must develop and implement an
IEP by the child’s third birthday. The LEA must participate in a transition planning conference arranged by the lead agency for the Birth to 3 program.
The LEA determines the LEA personnel who will attend the transition planning conference.
Implementation Considerations:
Each LEA must establish procedures for accepting and processing referrals. The referral procedures must address referrals from school staff, parents,
and others in the community. Districts must establish consistent procedures, including electronic procedures where appropriate, for recording and tracking
dates and timelines related to the IEP process. LEAs should establish and implement a process to ensure whoever receives the referral records the date it
was received.
IEP team participants should be informed of the date by which the IEP team must complete their review of existing evaluation data and determine whether
additional assessments are needed so the LEA, within the 15-business-day timeline, can notify the parent(s) and request consent to administer the
additional assessments or other evaluation materials, or notify the parents no additional assessments or other evaluation materials are needed.
LEAs have an obligation to inform parents of the procedures for making special education referrals. If a parent or other individual indicates they believe
a student may have a disability and need special education, the LEA must inform the individual how to make a referral. The referral must be in writing
and include the name of the student and the reasons why the person believes the student is a child with a disability” under IDEA and state law. Since a
referral must be in writing, most LEAs use a referral form for documentation. A LEA cannot require a parent who submitted a written referral in another
manner to complete the LEA’s referral form as a prerequisite to acting on the referral.
10
Back to Table of Contents
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
WISEid (if known)
Date and method of notifying parent of
intent to refer. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(2)(b).
The WISEid area is included in the forms to allow vendors to use information on IEP forms for data
collection purposes.
An individual required under state law to make a referral must notify the student’s parent(s) before
submitting a referral to the LEA. The parent may be informed orally or in writing, e.g., by email, letter,
phone call, at a parent-teacher conference, etc.
Parent’s native language or other primary
mode of communication, if other than
English
Is an interpreter needed?
Student’s native language or other primary
mode of communication if other than
English
This information helps ensure parent(s) will receive notices and other information in a manner that is
understandable to them.
Check “yes” if an interpreter is needed and “no” if it is not needed.
This information identifies the student’s native language or other primary mode of communication for
administering tests and other evaluation materials.
Date referral received by school district /
LEA. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(b).
The LEA must document the date each referral is received by the district. This date begins the 15-
business-day timeline in which to complete the review of existing evaluation data and send the
student’s parent(s) notice and consent regarding need to conduct additional assessments, or notice no
additional assessments are needed.
Describe why you believe this student has
a disability. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(2)(a).
What are your areas of concern? Wis. Stat.
§ 115.777(2)(a).
The person making the referral must state the reason(s) why they believe the student is a “child with a
disability.” This information is required and will help identify areas to evaluate. In completing this
information, consider concerns about the student’s access, engagement and progress in age/grade level
general education curriculum, instruction, environment, or other school activities. The suspected area
of impairment is not required to be provided.
It is important all academic and functional
concerns are identified in the referral to ensure a
comprehensive evaluation. In completing this information, consider concerns in the areas of academics,
cognitive learning, communication, independence and self-determination, physical/health, social and
emotional learning.
11
Back to Table of Contents
If known, include information about any of
the following
Additional supporting information is helpful to the IEP team when identifying the areas of concern
during the existing data review and determining
the need for additional assessments. Supporting
information may include the student’s early learning or academic achievement
(early literacy or
reading); functional performance, including
cognitive learning, communication, independence and
self-determination, social and emotional learning; relevant medical information, such as information
about a student’s physical health, vision and hearing; and programs, services, or interventions that have
been used in regular education and/or special education to address the student’s needs and the results
of the interventions. This supporting information is not required.
12
Back to Table of Contents
IE-1 Notice of Receipt of Referral and Start of Initial Evaluation
Following receipt of a referral for an initial evaluation, form IE-1 is completed and sent to the parents (or adult student with a copy to the parents).
The purposes for conducting an initial evaluation are to determine:
whether the student is a child with a disabilityand the educational needs of the student;
the present levels of academic achievement and functional performance and related developmental needs of the student;
whether the student needs special education and related services;
if applicable, the nature and extent of special education and related services the student needs; and
if applicable, the content of the student’s IEP, including information related to enabling the student to be involved in and progress in the general
education curriculum.
34 CFR §§ 300.301, 300.304, and 300.305; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777 and 115.782.
A LEA receiving a referral for an initial evaluation to determine whether a student is a child with a disability” under IDEA and state law must appoint
an IEP team and conduct an evaluation of the student. State law does not allow a LEA to refuse a referral for an initial evaluation. 34 CFR § 300.321;
Wis. Stat. § 115.777.
Each IEP team must consist of the following:
the parents of the student;
at least one regular education teacher of the student if the student is, or may be, participating in a regular educational environment;
at least one special education teacher who has recent training or experience related to the student’s known or suspected area of special education
needs or, where appropriate, at least one special education provider of the student;
a representative of the local educational agency who is qualified to provide or supervise the provision of special education; is knowledgeable
about the general curriculum; and is knowledgeable about and authorized to commit the available resources of the local educational agency;
an individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results;
at the discretion of the parent or the LEA, other individuals who have knowledge or special expertise about the student, including related services
personnel as appropriate;
whenever appropriate, the student: if a purpose of the meeting will be consideration of post-secondary goals and transition services, the LEA
must invite the student;
if a student is attending school through whole grade sharing, open enrollment, or a tuition waiver, at least one person designated by the resident
district who has knowledge or special expertise about the student;
when a student is suspected of having a specific learning disability for the first time and progress data from intensive intervention will be
considered, a licensed person qualified to assess data on individual rate of progress using a psychometrically valid and reliable methodology, the
licensed person who implemented the scientific, research-based or evidence-based, intensive interventions with the referred pupil, and a licensed
person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic evaluations of children/students; and
when a student is suspected or known to need occupational therapy, physical therapy, or speech and language therapy, a therapist in each
respective area of service.
34 CFR § 300.321; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
13
Back to Table of Contents
Implementation Considerations:
Another LEA member of the IEP team, e.g., the special education teacher, may also serve as the LEA representative, provided the individual meets the
requirements to act in that capacity. To identify the LEA representative in these situations, write the individual’s name in each applicable space on the
form. Likewise, IEP team participants filling the required roles when considering SLD eligibility for the time may serve in more than one capacity on
the IEP team, as appropriate.
The determination of whether an individual invited to the IEP team meeting by the parent or by the LEA has knowledge or special expertise about the
student is made by the party who invited the individual.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
The LEA received a referral to evaluate a
child to determine whether the child has a
disability. 34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. §
115.792.
A LEA must inform the parents of why it proposes to evaluate a child. The notice documents that the
reason for the referral is to determine whether the child has a disability.
The IEP team will conduct the evaluation.
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777,
115.78, and 115.792.
Under state special education law, an IEP team must conduct the evaluation. The LEA must send a written
notice of its proposed action to the student’s parents.
IEP team participants. 34 CFR §§ 300.321
and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78;
115.782 and 115.792.
Parents must be notified about the composition of the IEP team, including the participants’ names if
known at the time of the notice.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors. 34 CFR § 300.503;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Enter other options, if any, that were considered; the reasons those options were rejected; and a
description of any other relevant factors. For example, the parent may request particular LEA staff be
included or excluded from the IEP team, and the LEA may refuse to honor the request. If no options were
considered, check the “None” box.
IEP team will review existing data to
determine what, if any, further assessment
or evaluation data are needed. 34 CFR §§
300.305 and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§
115.782, and 115.792
The LEA must inform the parents of the specific actions the LEA proposes to take. The first action is a
review of existing evaluation data to determine whether additional data are needed. Enter the date by
which the LEA will request parent consent for evaluation or notify the parent no additional data are
needed.
14
Back to Table of Contents
Narrative regarding the IEP team role, the
evaluation and IEP process, timelines, and
right to be provided additional time.
34 CFR §§ 300.301; 300.305; 300.306;
300.323 and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§
115.78 and 115.782.
The notice also provides general information to assist parents in understanding the evaluation and IEP
process, including the timelines for completing the evaluation.
If the parents of a student or LEA staff determine additional time is needed to permit meaningful parent
participation, the LEA must provide it within the applicable timelines for completing an evaluation and
meeting to develop an IEP.
Parents have procedural safeguards and
can contact other sources for assistance
about understanding their rights.
34 CFR §§ 300.503 and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of state and federal special education law and of sources they may contact to obtain information and
assistance in understanding state and federal special education law. Because this evaluation is an initial
evaluation, the LEA is required to provide the parents with a complete procedural safeguards notice.
15
Back to Table of Contents
IE-2 Initial Evaluation: Notice that No Additional Assessments Needed
The IEP team, including the parents, must review existing evaluation data to determine whether additional assessments are needed. Form IE-2 is used
when the IEP team determines additional assessments are not needed.
There must be sufficient information and data for the IEP team to determine:
whether the student is a child with a disabilityand the educational needs of the student;
the present levels of academic achievement and functional performance and related developmental needs of the student;
whether the student needs special education and related services;
the nature and extent of special education and related services that the student needs; and
the content of the student’s IEP including information related to enabling the student to be involved in and progress in the general education
curriculum.
34 CFR §§ 300.301; 300.304 and 300.305; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777 and 115.782.
Implementation Considerations:
The review of existing evaluation data may be done at an IEP team meeting; however, there is no requirement to conduct a meeting for this purpose.
34 CFR § 300.305. LEAs should use the Existing Data Review to Determine if Additional Assessments or Evaluation Materials are Needed (form ED-
1) to document the review.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of notice. Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777(3) and
115.78(3).
The notice must be sent within 15 business days of receiving the referral. See the date the referral
was received on form R-1.
The date form IE-2 is sent begins the 60-calendar-day timeline in which to complete the evaluation
of the student and determine if the student is a child with a disability.”
The IEP team, including the parents, has
considered existing data available about the
child and determined that additional testing
or evaluation is not needed. 34 CFR §§
300.305; 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.782
and 115.792.
As part of the notice, parents must be provided a description of the information used as the basis for
the IEP team’s decision not to conduct additional assessments. This list includes:
evaluations and information provided by the parents;
current classroom-based, local, or state assessments;
classroom-based observations; and
observations by teachers and related service providers.
Based on data from these sources, the IEP team has determined no additional assessments or other
evaluation materials such as achievement or performance tests, interviews, observations, checklists,
or rating scales are needed.
16
Back to Table of Contents
Documentation of parent participation
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782
Parents are IEP team participants and must have an opportunity to participate in the decision about
whether additional assessments are needed. Check the first box if parents participated in determining
no additional assessments are needed. Describe the manner in which the parents participated. If the
parents did not participate in the decision, check the second box and describe the LEA’s attempts to
involve the parents.
The review may be conducted without a parent’s participation if the LEA is unable to involve the
parent. If the parent did not participate, the LEA must document at least three reasonable attempts to
involve the parent. Examples of documentation include:
detailed records of telephone calls and the results of those calls;
copies of correspondence sent to parent and any response received; and
detailed records of visits made to the parent’s home or place of employment and results of the
visits.
Often school personnel will attempt to contact parents by telephone. A telephone call where there is
no answer is not a reasonable attempt. A voice mail message or a delivered e-mail are reasonable
attempts.
Reasons for this determination and other
options considered. 34 CFR § 300.503;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
The LEA must document the reasons why it proposes not to conduct additional assessments, including
a description of other options, if any; the LEA considered and the reasons for rejecting those options;
and a description of any other relevant factors. For example, the results of recent comprehensive
testing at a clinic may be available and therefore no additional assessment may be required.
Narrative regarding the IEP team role, the
evaluation and IEP process, and right to be
provided additional time. 34 CFR §§
300.301, 300.305, 300.306, 300.323, and
300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78, 115.782, and
115.792.
The notice also provides general information to assist parents in understanding the evaluation and IEP
team process. The IEP team process may be concluded in one meeting or may require more than one
meeting.
If the parent(s)
or LEA staff determine additional time is needed to permit meaningful parent
participation, the LEA must provide additional time. However, when providing additional time, the
LEA must comply with applicable timelines. See “General Comments About Timelines.”
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights. 34 CFR §§
300.503 and 300.504; Wis. Stat. § 115.792
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA and of sources to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA and state special
education law. Since the LEA previously provided a copy of the procedural safeguards with the initial
notice of evaluation (form IE-1), the LEA is not required to provide the parents with another copy
unless requested.
17
Back to Table of Contents
IE-3 Initial Evaluation: Notice and Consent Regarding Need to Conduct Additional Assessments
Form IE-3 is used when the IEP team, after reviewing existing data including information from the parents, determines additional assessments or other
evaluation materials need to be administered.
The IEP team, including the parents, must review existing evaluation data to determine whether additional assessments are needed. There must be
sufficient information and data for the IEP team to determine:
whether the student is a child with a disabilityand the educational needs of the student;
the present levels of academic achievement and functional performance and related developmental needs of the student;
whether the student needs special education and related services;
if applicable, the nature and extent of special education and related services that the student needs; and
if applicable the content of the student’s IEP including information related to enabling the student to be involved in and progress in the general
education curriculum.
34 CFR §§ 300.301, 300.304 and 300.305; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777 and 115.782.
Parent consent is required before tests or other evaluation materials are administered to a student. 34 CFR §§ 300.300 and 300.304; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777
and 115.782
Implementation Considerations:
The review of existing evaluation data may be done at an IEP team meeting; however, there is no requirement to conduct a meeting for this purpose.
34 CFR § 300.305. LEAs should use the Existing Data Review to Determine if Additional Assessments or Evaluation Materials are Needed (form ED-
1) to document the review.
If a parent of a student enrolled in or seeking to enroll in a public school does not consent to an initial evaluation, the LEA may, but is not required to,
pursue the evaluation by requesting mediation or initiating a due process hearing. However, if the student is enrolled in a home-based private education
program (home-schooled) or in a private school, the LEA may not use mediation or a due process hearing. 34 CFR §§ 300.300 and 300.506; Wis. Stat.
§§ 115.782, 115.797, and 115.80.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of notice. Wis. Stat. § 115.777.
The notice must be sent within 15 business days of receiving the referral. See the date referral was
received on form R-1.
18
Back to Table of Contents
The IEP team, including the parents, has
reviewed existing data available about the
child and determined that there is a need to
gather additional information and data
through the use of additional assessments
and other evaluation materials. 34 CFR §§
300.305 and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.782
and 115.792.
As part of the notice, parents must be provided a description of the information used as the basis for
the IEP team’s decision to conduct additional assessments. This list includes:
evaluations and information provided by the parents;
current classroom based, local, or state assessments;
classroom-based observations; and
observations by teachers and related service providers.
Based on data from these sources, the IEP team has determined additional assessments or other
evaluation materials, such as achievement or performance tests, interviews, observations, checklists,
or rating scales are needed.
Documentation of parent participation
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Parents are IEP team participants and must have an opportunity to participate in the decision about
whether additional assessments are needed. Check the first box if parents participated in determining
additional assessments are needed. Describe the manner
in which the parents participated. If the
parents did not participate in the decision, check the second box and describe the LEA’s attempts to
involve the parents in the decision.
The review may be conducted without a parent’s participation if the LEA is unable to involve the
parent. If the parent did not participate, the LEA must document at least three reasonable attempts to
involve the parent. Examples of documentation include:
detailed records of telephone calls and the results of those calls;
copies of correspondence sent to parent and any response received; and
detailed records of visits made to the parent’s home or place of employment and results of the
visits.
Often school personnel will attempt to contact parents by telephone. A telephone call where there is
no answer is not a reasonable attempt. A voice mail message or a delivered e-mail are reasonable
attempts.
Areas to be evaluated, including
assessments to be given, and individuals
who will administer the assessments or
other evaluation materials. 34 CFR §§ 300.9
and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.782 and
115.792.
The LEA must notify parents of any test or other evaluation materials it proposes to administer. If the
specific assessment tools are known, list the specific tools along with a brief description. At a
minimum, describe the types of tools that will be used and the area(s) that will be assessed, e.g.,
standardized testing to measure academic ability and achievement. In addition, identify the names of
the evaluator(s), if known at the time of the notice. If the names are not known, identify the types of
evaluators, e.g., school psychologist. It is good practice, if the name of the evaluator is provided and
later changes, that the parent be notified of the change in evaluator and why.
19
Back to Table of Contents
Options considered and reasons rejected
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792
Enter other evaluation options considered, if any, the reasons those options were rejected, and any
other factors relevant to the proposed evaluation. For example, if a parent requests a particular test
and the LEA denies the request, the LEA must notify the parents in writing of its decision and the
reason why the test will not be administered. The LEA may state another test is more appropriate, or
a newer test is now available and should be used. If no other options were considered, check the
“None” box.
Narrative regarding the IEP team role, the
evaluation and IEP process, and right to be
provided additional time. 34 CFR §§
300.301; 300.305; 300.306; 300.323 and
300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78; 115.782 and
115.792.
The notice provides general information to assist parents in understanding the evaluation and IEP
team process.
If the parents of a student or LEA staff determine additional time is needed to permit meaningful
parent participation, the LEA must provide additional time within the applicable timelines for
completing the evaluation and meeting to develop an IEP. See “General Comments About Timelines”
in this guide.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights. 34 CFR §§
300.503 and 300.504; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA and state law, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parents
with another procedural safeguards notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided
the notice. However, if the parents request a copy, or requested the reevaluation, then the LEA must
provide the parents a procedural safeguards notice.
Consent is needed before administering
assessments or other evaluation materials.
34 CFR § 300.300; Wis. Stat. § 115.782
Explanation regarding consent is voluntary,
the right to revoke that consent, and the
possible effects of not granting consent.
34 CFR §§ 300.9 and 300.300.
The LEA must obtain the informed consent of the parent before administering tests and other
evaluation materials to the student. The LEA must make reasonable efforts to obtain informed consent.
The consent for evaluation may not be construed as consent for initial provision of special education
services.
The LEA must inform parents the granting of their consent is voluntary and may be revoked at any
time prior to the administration of tests or other evaluation materials. Parents must be informed they
are not required to give their consent, and if consent is not granted, the LEA may request mediation
or a due process hearing about whether the assessments should be administered.
Revocation of consent is not retroactive. Revocation does not negate an action that has occurred after
the consent was given and before the consent was revoked.
Date school district received parent consent.
34 CFR § 300.301; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
In the box under the parent’s signature and date, enter the date the LEA received parental consent.
This date starts the 60-calendar-day timeline in which to complete the evaluation and determine if
the student is a “child with a disability.”
20
Back to Table of Contents
RE-1 Notice of Reevaluation
Form RE-1 is used to provide written prior notice to parents that the LEA is initiating a reevaluation. It explains the reevaluation process and identifies
the functions the IEP team will perform.
A LEA must reevaluate a student with a disability if the LEA determines the educational or related services needs of the student, including the student’s
academic achievement and functional performance, warrant a reevaluation, or if the student’s parent or teacher requests a reevaluation. However, a
reevaluation may occur not more than once a year unless the parent and the LEA agree otherwise (see form RE-2). A reevaluation must occur at least
once every 3 years unless the parent and LEA agree a reevaluation is unnecessary (see form RE-3). In addition, a child with a disabilitymust be
reevaluated before determining the student is no longer a child with a disability.” 34 CFR §§ 300.303 and 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782(a). If a student
was previously found eligible for special education, but the parents did not provide consent, and the student is referred again for an evaluation, the
evaluation is considered an initial evaluation and initial criteria for a disability category is considered.
The purposes for conducting a reevaluation are to determine:
whether the student continues to be a child with a disabilityand the educational needs of the student;
the present levels of academic achievement and functional performance and related developmental needs of the student;
whether the student continues to need special education and related services;
the nature and extent of special education and related services that the student needs;
the content of the student’s IEP including information related to enabling the student to be involved in and progress in the general education
curriculum; and
whether any additions or modifications to the special education and related services are needed to enable the student to meet the measurable
annual goals set out in the student’s IEP.
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782(a).
Each IEP team must consist of the following:
the parents of the student;
at least one regular education teacher of the student if the student is, or may be, participating in a regular educational environment;
at least one special education teacher who has recent training or experience related to the student’s known or suspected area of special education
needs or, where appropriate, at least one special education provider of the student;
a representative of the local educational agency who is qualified to provide or supervise the provision of special education; is knowledgeable
about the general curriculum; and is knowledgeable about and authorized to commit the available resources of the local educational agency;
an individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results, who may be another member of the IEP team other than the
parents or the student;
at the discretion of the parent or the LEA, other individuals who have knowledge or special expertise about the student, including related services
personnel as appropriate;
whenever appropriate, the student: if a purpose of the meeting will be consideration of post-secondary goals and transition services, the LEA
must invite the student;
if a student is attending school through whole grade sharing, open enrollment, or a tuition waiver, at least one person designated by the resident
21
Back to Table of Contents
district who has knowledge or special expertise about the student;
when a student is suspected of having a specific learning disability for the first time and progress data from intensive intervention will be
considered, a licensed person qualified to assess data on individual rate of progress using a psychometrically valid and reliable methodology, the
licensed person who implemented the scientific, research-based or evidence-based, intensive interventions with the referred pupil, and a licensed
person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic evaluations of children;
when a student is suspected or known to need occupational therapy, physical therapy, or speech and language therapy, a therapist in each
respective area of service.
34 CFR § 300.321(a); Wis. Stat. § 115.78(1m).
Implementation Considerations:
Another LEA member of the IEP team, e.g., the special education teacher, may also serve as the LEA representative provided the individual meets the
requirements to act in that capacity. To identify the LEA representative in these situations, write the individual’s name in each applicable space on the
form. Likewise, IEP team participants filling the required roles when considering SLD eligibility for the first time may serve in more than one capacity
on the IEP team, as appropriate.
The determination of whether an individual invited to the IEP team meeting by the parent or by the LEA has knowledge or special expertise about the
student is made by the party who invited the individual. 34 CFR § 300.21(c).
An evaluation conducted after an initial evaluation that determines a student is eligible for special education is considered a reevaluation. For example,
if a student initially found eligible as a childwith a learning disability is evaluated for an emotional behavioral disability or for a speech or language
impairment, the new evaluation is a reevaluation. If a student who was previously evaluated and determined not eligible for special education is referred
again, the new evaluation is considered an initial evaluation. Note the law does not permit a LEA to refuse any referral for an initial evaluation.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of notice. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(e).
The date of this notice begins the 15-business-day timeline in which to complete the review of exiting
evaluation data and send the student’s parents a request for consent to evaluate, or if no additional data
are necessary, notify the parents of that determination. If a LEA uses form R-1 to initiate a reevaluation,
the date the LEA received form R-1 begins the 15 business-day timeline.
LEA intends to reevaluate a child and
reason for the reevaluation
The notice informs the parents of the LEA’s intent to reevaluate their child and the reason(s) for the
reevaluation. The areas of concern must be documented. These may be in the areas of academics,
cognitive learning, communication, independence and self-determination, physical/health, social and
emotional learning. The areas of concern may already be addressed by the student’s IEP, or they may
be new areas of concern. The areas of concern may be identified by the individual requesting the
reevaluation or as part of a three-year reevaluation. It is important to identify all areas of concern in
order to conduct a comprehensive reevaluation.
22
Back to Table of Contents
IEP team participants
Wis. Stat.§ 115.78(1m).
The LEA must notify the parents about the composition of the IEP team, including the names of the
participants if known at the time of the notice.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. §
115.792(2)(c).
Enter other options, if any, that were considered and rejected; the reasons those options were rejected;
and a description of any other relevant factors. For example, the parent may request particular LEA
staff be included or excluded from the IEP team, and the LEA may refuse the request. If no options
were considered and rejected, check the “None” box.
Narrative regarding the IEP team role, the
reevaluation and IEP process, timelines,
and the right to be provided additional
time. 34 CFR §§ 300.301, 300.305;
300.306, 300.323, and 300.503;
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78, 115.782, and
115.792.
The notice also provides general information to assist parents in understanding the reevaluation and
IEP team process including the timelines in which these activities must be carried out.
If the parents of a student or the LEA staff determine additional time is needed to permit meaningful
parent participation, the LEA must provide it within the applicable timelines for completing the
reevaluation and meeting to revise the student’s IEP. The notice informs parents of their right to request
a copy of the IEP team’s most recent evaluation report. If requested, the LEA must provide the parent
with a copy before any IEP team meeting or due process hearing, and in no case more than 45 days
after the request.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503 and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA and state law, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parents
with another procedural safeguards notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided
the notice. However, if the parents request a copy, or requested the reevaluation, then the LEA must
provide the parents a procedural safeguards notice.
23
Back to Table of Contents
RE-2 Notice of Agreement to Conduct a Reevaluation More Than Once a Year
A reevaluation may not occur more frequently than once a year unless the parent and the LEA agree otherwise. Notice of Agreement To Conduct A
Reevaluation More Than Once A Year (form RE-2) is used when a parent and a LEA agree to reevaluate a child with a disabilitywithin a 12-month
period. Prior to sending this notice, the parent and LEA must agree about the need for a reevaluation. If the parent and LEA agree to conduct a
reevaluation, form RE-2 is sent to the parents starting the evaluation process. 34 CFR § 300.303; Wis. Stat. § 115.782(a).
Implementation Considerations:
The LEA should identify a process for obtaining information to decide whether a student should be evaluated more than once within 12 months. The
LEA may involve the IEP team in this process. However, neither an IEP team meeting nor an IEP team is required to make the decision. The LEA should
designate staff with authority to enter into an agreement with the parent to reevaluate the student. The designated staff should consult with staff working
with the student. 34 CFR § 300.303(b)(1); Wis, Stat, § 115.782(4).
If a LEA believes a reevaluation is needed, but the parent disagrees, the LEA may request mediation or initiate a due process hearing regarding whether
the student should be reevaluated. The LEA cannot unilaterally decide to conduct more than one evaluation of a student within 12 months of the previous
evaluation.
The date of the most recent eligibility determination begins the 12-month period (See form ER-1). For example, if the date of a student’s IEP meeting to
determine eligibility was 10/1/19, any reevaluation initiated prior to 10/1/20 requires agreement of the parent and LEA. If a reevaluation is initiated on
or after 10/1/20, the LEA may conduct the reevaluation without an agreement between the parent and the LEA.
If a student previously evaluated and determined not to be a child with a disabilityis referred for an evaluation, even if the referral is within 12 months
of the previous evaluation, the new evaluation is considered an initial evaluation. Note state law does not allow a LEA to refuse a referral for an initial
evaluation. In this case, the LEA uses form IE-1, Notice of Receipt of Referral and Start of Initial Evaluation, to initiate the evaluation.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of notice. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(e)
The date of form RE-2 begins the 15-business-day timeline in which to complete the review of
existing evaluation data and send the child’s parents a request for consent to evaluate, or if no
additional data are necessary, notify the parents of that determination.
Parent agreement to conduct more than one
evaluation in a year
Form RE-2 documents the parent and LEA agree to conduct more than one evaluation in a year. The
notice documents the date and manner in which the agreement took place, e.g., face-to-face
conference, phone conversation, or exchange of e-
mails. The parent is not required to sign the
agreement.
24
Back to Table of Contents
Reason for the reevaluation
The LEA must identify the reason(s) for the reevaluation, e.g., a change in the student’s academic
achievement or functional performance.
Other options considered related to
initiating the reevaluation and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors. 34 CFR § 300.503;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2)(c)
Enter other options, if any, considered when initiating the reevaluation and the reasons they were
rejected, including a description of any other relevant factors. If no other options were considered,
check the “None” box.
IEP team participants.
Wis. Stat. § 115.78(1m).
The LEA must notify the parents about the composition of the IEP team, including the names of the
participants if known at the time of the notice.
Other options considered related to
selection of IEP team participants and
reasons rejected, and a description of any
other relevant factors
34 CFR § 300.503;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2)(c)
Enter a description of other options, if any, that were considered and rejected; the reasons those
options were rejected; and a description of any other relevant factors. For example, the parent may
request particular LEA staff be included or excluded from the IEP team, and the LEA may refuse the
request. If no options were considered and rejected, check the "None” box.
Narrative regarding the IEP team role, the
reevaluation and IEP process, timelines, and
the right to be provided additional time.
34 CFR §§ 300.301, 300.305, 300.306,
300.323, and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78,
115.782, and 115.792)
The notice also provides general information to assist parents in understanding the reevaluation and
IEP process including the timelines in which these activities must be carried out.
If the parents of a student
or the LEA staff determine that additional time is needed to permit
meaningful parent participation, the LEA must provide additional time within the applicable timelines
for completing the reevaluation and meeting to revise the student’s IEP. The notice further informs
parents of their right to request a copy of the IEP team’s most recent evaluation report. If requested,
the LEA must provide parents with a copy before any IEP team meeting or due process hearing and
in no case more than 45 days after the request.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503 and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA and state law, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parents
with another procedural safeguards notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided
the notice. However, if the parents request a copy, or requested the reevaluation and the LEA agreed
to conduct the reevaluation, then the LEA must provide the parents a procedural safeguards notice.
25
Back to Table of Contents
RE-3 Notice of Agreement that a Three-Year Reevaluation Not Needed
A reevaluation must occur at least once every three years, unless the parent and the LEA agree a reevaluation is unnecessary. Reevaluations determine
continuing eligibility under IDEA, but also the nature and extent of the special education and related services the student needs. Student needs do not
remain stagnant over time. Reevaluations are critical in determining the student’s present level of performance (the what); the effects of the disability
(the how); determining the student’s disability-related needs (the why); developing appropriate, ambitious, and achievable goals; and aligning services
to progress towards those goals. A reevaluation must be individualized and take into account the student’s current educational needs. 34 CFR §
300.303(b)(2); Wis. Stat. § 115.782 (4)(a)(2).
Prior to sending the Notice of Agreement That a Three-Year Reevaluation Not Needed, the parent and LEA must discuss and come to agreement that a
reevaluation is unnecessary. The decision not to conduct a three-year reevaluation must be given careful consideration. If the LEA does not conduct a
three-year reevaluation as a result of an agreement between the LEA and the parent, the next evaluation is due three years from the date of the notice.
For example, if the student was evaluated on October 1, 2023, and was determined to be a “child with a disability” under IDEA and state law, the
student’s next three-year reevaluation must be completed no later than October 1, 2026. However, if the parent and LEA agree the three-year reevaluation
is not needed and the district completed form RE-3 and it is dated September 15, 2023, the next reevaluation must be completed on or before September
15, 2026. 34 CFR § 300.303(b)(2); Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)2.
Implementation Considerations:
The LEA should designate the staff with authority to enter into an agreement with a parent not to conduct a three-year reevaluation. Whomever the LEA
designates with authority to enter into an agreement with the parent should consult with staff working with the student. The LEA should identify a process
for obtaining information and deciding whether to agree not to conduct a three-year reevaluation. The LEA may involve the IEP team in this process.
However, neither an IEP team meeting nor an IEP team is required in making this decision.
The decision not to conduct a three-year reevaluation must be given careful consideration. The parent and the designated school staff should discuss the
advantages and disadvantages of conducting a reevaluation, as well as what data may be needed to determine the student’s educational needs and develop
the IEP. A reevaluation may be necessary to obtain current data to determine the present levels of academic achievement and functional performance;
the effects of the disability; determining the student’s disability-related needs; developing appropriate, ambitious, and achievable goals; and aligning
services to progress towards those goals.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Reason for not conducting a three-year
reevaluation. 34 CFR § 300.303(b)(2);
Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)2.
The LEA must identify the reason(s) for not conducting a three-year reevaluation.
26
Back to Table of Contents
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors. 34 CFR § 300.503;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2)(c).
`
Enter other options considered, if any, and the reasons they were rejected when agreeing not to
conduct the reevaluation and other factors relevant to the proposed action. If no other options were
considered, check the “None” box.
Parent agreement that a three-year
reevaluation is not needed. 34 CFR §
300.303(b)(2); Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)2.
The notice documents the parent and LEA agreed that a three-year reevaluation is unnecessary. There
is no requirement the parent sign the agreement.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights. 34 CFR §§
300.503 and 300.504; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA and state law, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parents
with another procedural safeguards notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided
the notice. However, if the parents request a copy, or requested the reevaluation and the LEA agreed
to conduct the reevaluation, then the LEA must provide the parents a procedural safeguards notice.
27
Back to Table of Contents
RE-4 Reevaluation: Notice that No Additional Assessments Needed
The IEP team, including the parents, must review existing evaluation data to determine whether additional assessments are needed. Form RE-4 is used
when the IEP team determines additional assessments are not needed. 34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(c).
There must be sufficient information and data for the IEP team to determine:
whether the student continues to be a child with a disability and the educational needs of the child;
the present levels of academic achievement and functional performance and related developmental needs of the student;
whether the student needs special education and related services;
the nature and extent of special education and related services that the student needs; and
the content of the student’s IEP including information related to enabling the student to be involved in and progress in the general education
curriculum.
34 CFR §§ 300.301; 300.304; and 300.305; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777 and 115.782.
Implementation Consideration:
The review may be done at an IEP team meeting; however, there is no requirement to conduct a meeting for this purpose. 34 CFR § 300.305. LEAs
should use the Existing Data Review to Determine if Additional Assessments or Evaluation Materials are Needed (form ED-1) to document the review.
See form ED-1 for more information.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of notice. Wis. Stat. §§
115.777(2)(e) and 115.78(3).
The notice must be sent no more than 15 business days from the date the LEA initiated the reevaluation.
A reevaluation may be initiated by sending form RE-1 or RE-2 to the parents. However, if the referral
form (R-1) is used to initiate the reevaluation, then the date on form RE-4 may be no more than 15
business days from the date the LEA received the referral as recorded on form R-1.
The date of this notice starts the 60-calendar-day timeline in which to complete the reevaluation of the
student and determine if the student continues to be a child with a disability.
IEP team, including the parents, has
considered existing data available about
the student and determined that additional
testing or evaluation is not needed
34 CFR §§ 300.305 and 300.503; Wis. Stat.
§§ 115.782 and 115.792.
As part of the notice, parents must be provided a description of the information used as the basis for the
IEP team’s decision not to conduct additional assessments. This list includes:
evaluations and information provided by the parents;
current classroom based, local, or state assessments;
classroom-based observations; and
observations by teachers and related service providers.
28
Back to Table of Contents
Based on these data sources, the IEP team has determined no additional assessments or other evaluation
materials, such as achievement or performance tests, interviews, observations, checklists, or rating scales
are needed.
Documentation of parent participation.
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Parents are IEP team participants and must have an opportunity to participate in the decision about
whether additional assessments are needed. The review may be conducted without a parent’s
participation if the LEA is unable to involve the parent. If the parent did not participate, the LEA must
document at least three reasonable attempts to involve the parent. Examples of documentation include:
detailed records of telephone calls and the results of those calls;
copies of correspondence sent to parent and any response received; and
detailed records of visits made to the parent’s home or place of employment and results of the
visits.
Often school personnel will attempt to contact parents by telephone. A telephone call where there is no
answer is not a reasonable attempt. A voice mail message or a delivered e-mail are reasonable attempts.
Check the first box if parents participated in determining additional assessments are needed. Describe
the manner in which the parents participated. If the parents did not participate in the decision, check the
second box and describe the LEA’s attempts to involve the parents in the decision.
Reasons for this determination and other
options considered. 34 CFR §§ 300.305
and 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
The LEA must document the reasons why it proposes not to conduct additional assessments or other
evaluation materials, including a description of other options, if any; the LEA considered and the reasons
for rejecting those options; and a description of any other relevant factors.
Parent has right to request that additional
assessments or other evaluation materials
be conducted. 34 CFR § 300.305;
Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
If the IEP team determines additional assessments are not needed, parents have the right to request
additional assessments to determine whether the student continues to be a child with a disability and to
determine the student
’s educational needs. The right to additional assessments is limited to
determinations of continued eligibility for special education services and the student’s educational needs.
The LEA is not required to conduct assessments for other reasons, such as meeting entrance requirements
for admission to college. If the LEA denies such a request from the parent, the LEA must provide reasons
why the LEA refuses to conduct additional assessments under the section “other options considered, and
reasons rejected” on this form or form M-1.
29
Back to Table of Contents
Narrative regarding the IEP team role, the
evaluation and IEP process, and right to
be provided additional time. 34 CFR §§
300.303, 300.305, 300.306, and 300.503;
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78, 115.782, 115.787,
and 115.792.
The notice provides general information to assist parents in understanding the reevaluation and IEP team
process.
If the parents of a student or the LEA staff determine additional time is needed to permit meaningful
parent participation, the LEA must provide additional time within the applicable timelines for completing
the reevaluation and meeting to review and revise the student’s IEP. The notice informs parents of their
right to request a copy of the IEP team’s most recent evaluation report. If requested, the LEA must
provide the parent with a copy before any IEP team meeting or due process hearing, and in no case more
than 45 days after the request.
Parents have procedural safeguards and
can contact other sources for assistance
about understanding their rights. 34 CFR
§§ 300.503 and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards of
IDEA and state law, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and
assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parents
with another procedural safeguards notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided the
notice. However, if the parents request a copy, or requested the reevaluation and the LEA agreed to
conduct the reevaluation, then the LEA must provide the parents a procedural safeguards notice.
30
Back to Table of Contents
RE-5 Reevaluation: Notice and Consent Regarding Need to Conduct Additional Assessments
Form RE-5 is used when the IEP team, after reviewing existing data including information from the parents, determines additional assessments or other
evaluation materials need to be administered. Prior to providing this notice, the IEP team, including the parents, must consider the existing evaluation
data. The review may be conducted at an IEP team meeting, but there is no requirement to conduct an IEP team meeting for this purpose. 34 CFR §§
300.303(b) and 300.305(a)(2)(i)(B); Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)2.
There must be sufficient information and data for the IEP team to determine:
whether the student continues to be a child with a disability and the educational needs of the student;
the present levels of academic achievement and functional performance and related developmental needs of the student;
whether the student continues to need special education and related services;
if applicable, the nature and extent of special education and related services that the student needs; and
if applicable, the content of the student’s IEP, including information related to enabling the student to be involved in and progress in the general
education curriculum.
34 CFR § 300.303(b) and 300.305(a)(2); Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(a)2.
Before additional assessments are administered to a student, parent consent is required. However, if the LEA can demonstrate it has made reasonable
efforts to obtain parental consent and the student’s parent failed to respond, the LEA can proceed with administering tests or other evaluation materials.
This exception only applies to reevaluations, not to initial evaluations. Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(b).
Implementation Considerations:
The review of existing evaluation data may be done at an IEP team meeting; however, there is no requirement to conduct a meeting for this purpose.
LEAs use the Existing Data Review to Determine if Additional Assessments or Evaluation Materials are Needed (form ED-1) to document the review.
A parent’s denial of consent and a parent’s failure to respond to a request for consent are not the same. Tests or other evaluation materials may be
administered without parental consent only when the parent fails to respond to requests for consent. Wis. Stat. § 115.782(4)(b).
If the parent refuses consent for a reevaluation, the LEA may, but is not required to, pursue the reevaluation through mediation or a due process hearing.
However, if the student is enrolled in a home-based private education program (home-schooled) or placed in a private school by the parents, the LEA
may not use mediation or a due process hearing.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of notice. Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(e).
reevaluation. A reevaluation may be initiated by sending form RE-1 or RE-2 to the parents. If the
referral form (R-1) is used to initiate the reevaluation, the date on form RE-5 can be no more than 15
31
Back to Table of Contents
The IEP team, including the parents, has
considered existing data available about the
student and determined that additional
testing or evaluation is needed
34 CFR §§ 300.305 and 300.503;
Wis. Stat.§§ 115.782 and 115.792.
the IEP team’s decision to conduct additional assessments. This list includes:
evaluations and information provided by the parents;
current classroom-based, local, or state assessments;
classroom-based observations; and
observations by teachers and related service providers.
Based on these data sources, the IEP team has determined additional assessments or other evaluation
materials, such as achievement or performance tests, interviews, observations, checklists, or rating
scales are needed.
Documentation of parent participation
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
participation if the LEA is unable to involve the parent. If the parent did not participate, the LEA must
document at least three reasonable attempts to involve the parent. Examples of documentation include:
detailed records of telephone calls and the results of those calls;
copies of correspondence sent to parent and any response received; and
detailed records of visits made to the parent’s home or place of employment and results of the
visits.
Often school personnel will attempt to contact parents by telephone. A telephone call where there is
no answer is not a reasonable attempt. A voice mail message or a delivered e-mail are reasonable
attempts. Check the first box if parents participated in determining additional assessments are needed.
Describe the manner in which the parents participated. If the parents did not participate in the decision,
check the second box and describe the LEA’s attempts to involve the parents in the decision.
Areas to be evaluated, including
assessments to be given, and individuals
who will administer the assessments or
other evaluation materials. 34 CFR §§ 300.9
and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.782 and
115.792.
specific assessment tools are known, the specific tools should be listed along with a brief description.
At a minimum, the LEA must describe the types of tools that will be used and the area(s) that will be
assessed, e.g., standardized testing to measure academic ability and achievement. In addition, the LEA
must identify the names of the evaluator(s), if known at the time of the notice. If the names are not
known, the LEA must identify the types of evaluators, e.g., school psychologist.
Options considered and reasons rejected
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
other factors relevant to the proposed evaluation. For example, if a parent requests a particular test and
the LEA denies the request, the LEA must notify the parents in writing of its decision and reason why
the test will not be administered. The LEA may state another test is more appropriate, or a newer test
32
Back to Table of Contents
Narrative regarding the IEP team role, the
evaluation and IEP process, and right to be
provided additional time. 34 CFR §§
300.301, 300.305, 300.306, 300.323, and
300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78 and 115.782.
IEP team process, including the timelines within which these activities must be carried out.
If the parents of a student or the LEA staff determine additional time is needed to permit meaningful
parent participation, the LEA must provide it within the applicable timelines for completing the
reevaluation and meeting to review and revise the student’s IEP. The notice informs parents of their
right to request a copy of the IEP team’s most recent evaluation report. If requested, the LEA must
provide the parent with a copy before any IEP team meeting or due process hearing, and in no case
more than 45 days after the request.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights. 34 CFR §§
300.503 and 300.504; Wis. Stat. § 115.792
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parents
with another procedural safeguards notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided
the notice. However, if the parents request a copy, or requested the reevaluation, then the LEA must
provide the parents a procedural safeguards notice.
Consent is needed before administering
assessments or other evaluation materials
34 CFR § 300.300; Wis. Stat. § 115.782
materials to the student. The LEA must make reasonable efforts to obtain informed consent.
Explanation regarding consent is voluntary,
the right to revoke that consent, and the
possible effects of not granting consent.
34 CFR §§ 300.300 and 300.9.
The LEA must inform parents the granting of their consent is voluntary and may be revoked at any
time prior to the administration of tests or other evaluation materials. Parents must be informed they
are not required to give their consent, and if consent is not granted, the LEA may request mediation or
a due process hearing about whether the assessments should be administered.
Revocation of consent is not retroactive. Revocation does not negate an action that has occurred after
the consent was given and before the consent was revoked.
Date school district received parent consent
34 CFR § 300.301; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
the evaluation and determine if the student continues to be child with a disability. If the parent fails to
respond to the LEA’s request for consent, the LEA may proceed with the reevaluation if it documents
it has taken reasonable efforts to obtain the parent’s consent, and the student’s parent failed to respond.
The LEA must notify the parent in writing it will proceed with the evaluation. The date of this
33
Back to Table of Contents
ED-1 Existing Data Review to Determine if Additional Assessments or Evaluation Data Are Needed
As part of an evaluation, the IEP team first must review existing evaluation data available on the student related to each area of concern identified in the
referral or during the review of existing data. The review occurs after the parent has been notified in writing that a referral was received and after the
start of the initial evaluation or notice of reevaluation. Parental consent is not required before reviewing existing data as part of an initial evaluation or a
reevaluation. Based on that review, the IEP team must decide what additional data, if any, are needed to determine:
whether the student meets disability criteria and the impact of the disability on educational performance;
the present levels of academic achievement (including reading achievement or for preschool children, early literacy skills) and functional
performance (including cognitive learning, communication, independence and self-determination, physical/health, social and emotional
learning);
the effects of the student’s disability and the student’s disability-related needs;
goals to meet the student’s disability-related needs;
whether the student needs or continues to need specially designed instruction and related services;
the nature and extent of special education and related services the student needs to meet the measurable annual goals set out in the IEP and to
participate in the general education curriculum; and
in the case of a reevaluation, whether any additions or modifications to the special education and related services are needed to enable the student
to meet the measurable annual goals set out in the IEP and to participate, as appropriate, in the general education curriculum.
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
The existing data review should occur in the context of concerns listed in the referral for a special education evaluation or the notice of reevaluation.
The purpose of the review of existing evaluation data is to determine whether there is sufficient information related to the concerns to conduct a
comprehensive evaluation of a student, including information to determine if the student meets disability criteria and the impact of the disability on
educational performance, and to determine the student’s disability-related needs, develop goals, and align special education services. The analysis of
the data to determine if the student meets criteria for a disability category occurs during the IEP team evaluation meeting to determine eligibility. Form
ED-1 is used by the IEP team to document the review of existing evaluation data. An IEP team meeting is not required for this purpose although it may
be appropriate and helpful to hold one. 34 CFR § 300.300. If a meeting is held, the Invitation to a Meeting of the IEP Team (form I-1) must be sent to
the parents and form ED-1 is used with the IEP Team Meeting Cover Page (form I-3) to document the meeting. As a result of the discussion during the
existing data review, additional academic and functional concerns may come to light and should be documented on the ED-1. A comprehensive
evaluation is based on a thorough identification of all concerns including academics, cognitive learning, communication, independence and self-
determination, physical/health, social and emotional learning. All concerns identified in the referral (or notice of reevaluation) and existing data review
are considered during the evaluation process. The existing data review must ensure there is sufficient data to evaluate all concerns.
Implementation Considerations:
Sources of existing data may include the student’s permanent or cumulative file, the behavioral records of the student, information or evaluations provided
by the parent(s)/family, previous evaluations, district-wide assessments, state assessments, medical records, post-secondary transition, work samples,
grades on daily assignments or tests, and/or observations from teachers, related service providers, or others.
34
Back to Table of Contents
The existing data reviewed and the sources of information are identified on the ED-1. It is important to have sufficient information about reading
achievement or early literacy skills in order to determine if a student has a disability-related need that affects reading. If the IEP team determines additional
data are needed after reviewing existing data, the new assessments to be administered and other needed evaluation materials are described in Section III
of the ED-1. This description, along with the names of the specific assessment tools and personnel responsible for administering the evaluation(s), if
known, are recorded on form IE-3 or RE-5.
The review of existing data is an IEP team function, and a student’s parents are IEP team participants. 34 CFR § 300.321; Wis. Stat. § 115.78. If the
review occurs during an IEP team meeting, record the date of the meeting and the name of the person completing the form. Whether or not the review of
existing data is completed at an IEP team meeting, the LEA must document the parent’s participation or at least three attempts to involve the parent(s)
in the review of existing data. Often LEA personnel will attempt to contact parents by telephone. The LEA may not count a telephone call as an attempt
when there is no answer. A telephone call where a message is left may be counted as an attempt. The LEA may count a delivered email as an attempt.
Sometimes an error in the existing data review occurs when what is documented is a review by a problem-solving team (e.g., teacher assistance team,
building consultation team) prior to referral, instead of the IEP team’s review to decide whether additional evaluation data is needed to complete an IEP
team evaluation. Sometimes IEP team participants will review data prior to the parent being notified of the start of an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
The review of existing data occurs by IEP team participants after a parent is notified in writing of the start of an initial evaluation or reevaluation. Another
common error occurs when an IEP team participant completes form ED-1 and fails to include his or her own input. If the individual completing the form
is one of the IEP team participants, the individual needs to remember to record his or her name in the list of IEP team participants involved in the review
of existing data to determine if additional information is needed.
The ED-1 becomes part of the student’s education record and may be provided to the parent prior to or with the Notice and Consent Regarding Need to
Conduct Additional Assessments (either form IE-3 or RE-5) or the Notice that No Additional Assessments are Needed (either form IE-2 or RE-4), or
when the Evaluation Report is provided.
Problems can arise when the existing data review is not comprehensive and additional assessments are added later in the process. IEP team members
should consider all identified academic and functional concerns and determine if there is data related to each, then think expansively about the data
needed to assist them in determining eligibility for special education and what they may need to determine appropriate services.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Notice of receipt of referral.
34 CFR §§ 300.300, 300.503, and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.777, 115.782, and
115.792.
Record the date the notice of referral and start of initial evaluation or notice of reevaluation was
provided to the parents. After the notice is provided to the parent and within 15 business days of the
district receiving the referral, the review of existing data must be completed, and the parent must be
sent a request for consent to conduct additional assessments or notice that no additional testing is
needed.
35
Back to Table of Contents
Information from referral.
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
The IEP team verifies they have reviewed information provided on the referral for special education or
notice of reevaluation by checking “Yes” or “No.” It is good practice to review the
referral for
information about the student’s reading ability or other existing information. Identify concerns listed in
the referral (or in the notice of reevaluation) to determine if there is sufficient existing data to assess
each area of concern or if additional data and information needs to be gathered as part of the evaluation.
Section I
Existing Data Review.
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
The IEP team must review existing data related to academic achievement and functional performance.
Check the box next to each area of existing data reviewed. If insufficient or no data exists in a particular
area, the IEP team must determine if additional data needs to be gathered. The IEP team should pay
particular attention to any areas of concern identified in the referral (or the notice of reevaluation) or
during the review of existing data and ensure there is sufficient data to assess each concern. For instance,
the parent may have referred the student because of concerns about the student’s ability to read grade
level materials. During the review of existing data, the student’s regular education teacher may identify
concerns about the student’s social and emotional well-being. Both areas should be checked under
“Existing Data” and a determination made as to whether there is sufficient existing data about each.
Sources of Information.
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Check the box next to the sources of information. The IEP team must review existing evaluation data,
including:
Information or evaluations provided by the parents/family;
Previous evaluations;
Current classroom based, district-wide, or state assessment results;
Observations by teachers, related service providers and others (including current classroom-
based observations and observations by reading teacher/specialist, if applicable);
Previous interventions and effects;
Behavioral records (including but not limited to discipline data, suspensions, office referrals,
and data tracking a behavior);
Assistive technology assessment (
including but not limited to assessment for accessible
educational materials and augmentative and alternative communication);
Functional behavioral assessment;
Adaptive PE Assessment; and
Information from other sources (e.g., including but not limited to postsecondary transition,
medical, Birth to 3, etc.).
36
Back to Table of Contents
Section II
Additional areas of concern identified
during the review of existing data, if any:
Section III
Description of Additional Data Needed
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
When IEP team members are reviewing the areas of existing data and sources of information, they may
identify concerns not listed on the referral (or in the notice of reevaluation). A comprehensive evaluation
should consider all areas of concern. List the additional areas of concerns identified during the existing
data review. Ensure any areas of concern identified during the existing data review are checked in
Section I and there is sufficient data to assess all areas of concern. If there are no concerns beyond those
identified in the referral (or notice of reevaluation), check “None.”
Once the existing data is reviewed, the IEP team must determine whether additional data is needed to
address all the identified areas of concern. When considering whether additional data is needed, keep in
mind that this data can be related to academic or functional areas, or both. If an IEP team member,
including the parent(s), identifies additional data is needed, check the box “Yes.” Describe the types of
additional assessments and other evaluation materials needed in Section III of the ED-1. A more detailed
description of additional assessments and other evaluation materials and titles, if known, and the
personnel responsible for administering assessments, if known, must be recorded on Form IE-3 or
RE-5. Ensure there is sufficient information about reading achievement or early literacy skills compared
to grade-level standards/age level expectations.
Section IV
IEP Team Participants
34 CFR § 300.305; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Documentation on form ED-1 must include the name of each individual, the date they were involved in
the review of existing data, and the method of involvement. Input regarding additional assessments and
other needed evaluation materials is documented in Section III. If the consideration of existing data was
done at a meeting, the IEP team participants are also listed on the IEP Team Meeting Cover Page (Form
I-3).
Parent(s)
34 CFR §§ 300.305 and 300.321;
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78 and 115.782.
Parent Involvement Attempts
34 CFR §§ 300.305 and 300.321;
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78 and 115.782.
The consideration of existing data is an IEP team function and parents are IEP team participants.
Documentation on the ED-1 of the parents’ involvement in the review of existing data must include the
date and method of involvement. The parent’s input should be documented on the ER-1 and reviewed
during the meeting to determine eligibility. If the review of existing data was conducted at a meeting,
the parent’s involvement is documented on the IEP Team Meeting Cover Page (Form I-3).
The review may be conducted without a parent’s participation if the LEA is unable to involve the
parent(s). If a parent did not participate, the LEA must document at least three reasonable attempts to
involve the parent(s). Examples of documentation include:
detailed records of telephone calls and the results of those calls;
copies of correspondence sent to the parent and any response received; and
detailed records of visits made to the parent’s home or place of employment and results of the
visits.
37
Back to Table of Contents
The requirement for involving parents in the review is the same as for IEP team participation. If the
parents did not participate in the review, the district should document three good faith attempts to
involve them. Often school personnel will attempt to contact parents by telephone. A telephone call
where there is no answer is not counted as an attempt. A telephone call where the phone is answered
and a message is left may be counted. A delivered e-mail message counts as an attempt.
38
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1 Evaluation Report Including: Determination of Disability Category and Need for Specially Designed Instruction
As part of any initial evaluation or reevaluation, an IEP team must develop an evaluation report that includes documentation of a disability category and
need for specially designed instruction. Form ER-1 must be completed for all evaluations (including initial and reevaluations). Additional evaluation
report forms may be needed to document the evaluation results depending on the circumstances, e.g., disability criteria forms, Additional Documentation
Required for Specific Learning Disabilities (ER-2A or 2B), Evaluation for Determining Braille Needs (ER-3), etc. 34 CFR § 300.306; Wis. Stat. §
115.782.
Implementation Considerations:
The IEP team must include a review of the student’s reading achievement. This includes an analysis of data available at the time of the referral and
new information gathered from additional testing and other sources. The IEP team should also consider how the student’s functional performance
affects the student’s reading achievement. A thorough analysis includes how the student’s academic achievement and functional performance affect
access, engagement, and progress in the general education curriculum, instruction, and environment.
It is good practice for IEP team members who administer tests or other evaluation materials to prepare a written summary of their individual
assessment findings that may assist parents and other IEP team members in program planning; however, the determination of whether a student meets
criteria for a disability category, as well as the determination of services and placement must be made by the IEP team during the IEP team meeting.
DPI has eligibility criteria forms and evaluation guides to assist with meeting special education compliance requirements and recommended best
practices. Eligibility criteria resources may be accessed via the department’s website at http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/laws-procedures-bulletins/laws/eligibility.
Parent(s) must be provided with a copy of the IEP team’s evaluation report; however, neither federal nor state law specifies when parents must be
provided with a copy. Typically, the LEA provides the parents with a copy of the evaluation report with the student’s IEP and notice of placement. It is,
however, important LEAs ensure parents have the information they need to participate meaningfully in IEP team meetings. Parents may need to review
their student’s education records. A LEA must comply with a parent request to inspect and review existing education records, including IEP team
evaluation reports or summaries of IEP team participants’ findings, without unnecessary delay and before any meeting regarding an IEP or a due process
hearing and in no case longer than 45 days after the request. 34 C.F.R. § 300.613.
The ER-1 form is split into four sections. Section I describes academic and functional information about the student provided by parents/family, teachers,
service providers and other sources; classroom-based, district-wide and state assessment results; and other evaluations and assessments that existed at
the time of the referral and was reviewed during the Existing Data Review to Determine if Additional Assessments or Evaluation Data are Needed (DPI
Model Form ED-1). It also includes information about interventions attempted before the special education referral (or reevaluation) and the effects of
those interventions. Section II covers the additional academic and functional assessment data and other evaluation materials gathered through the
evaluation process. Section III asks for confirmation that information regarding all areas of concern identified in the referral (or notice of reevaluation)
or during the review of existing data has been documented in the previous sections. Section IV.A. is where the IEP team documents whether or not the
student meets the criteria for one or more of the disability categories. If so, the team must attach the appropriate Criteria for Disability Category form(s)
to the evaluation report. If impairments were considered and rejected, the team must document how the student did not meet the criteria or attach the
39
Back to Table of Contents
Criteria for Disability Category form(s). If the student does not meet criteria in any of the identified disability categories, the student is not eligible for
special education and the team does not need to proceed to Section IV.B. In Section IV.B., the team considers and documents how the student’s disability
affects their access, engagement and progress in age-appropriate activities or in grade-level general education curriculum; conducts a root cause analysis
and identifies the student’s academic and/or functional disability-related needs; and determines if the student’s disability-related needs require specially
designed instruction. The team documents if, by reason of the student’s disability, the student needs special education. 34 CFR §§ 300.8 and 300.305;
Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Many individuals wonder under which section to place their “observations.” Observations can either be general comments about a student by a teacher,
related service provider or parent. In that case, they would be included in Section I: Information from Existing Data. Formal observations may also be
conducted in the context of the evaluation, which is an individual assessment to determine eligibility for special education and related services, consistent
with the evaluation procedures and for which parental consent was sought. Comments to the Regulations, p. 46639. In this case, formal observations as
part of the evaluation belong in Section II: Information from Additional Assessments and Other Sources.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Type of evaluation
34 CFR §§ 300.301 and 300.303;
Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
The IEP team identifies whether the evaluation being completed is an initial evaluation or a
reevaluation. Check the appropriate box. See the comments under ‘Implementation Considerations’
on forms RE-1 and RE-2 for a discussion of when an evaluation is an initial evaluation and when it is
a reevaluation.
Date when the determination of disability
category and need for specially designed
instruction was made. 34 CFR §§ 300.301
and 300.303; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Enter the date the IEP team determined if the student met the criteria for a disability category and
needed specially designed instruction. The date of the eligibility determination is the date the IEP
team meets and determines whether the student is or continues to be a “child with a disability.
In the case of an initial evaluation or a reevaluation,
the IEP team must make the eligibility
determination within 60 calendar days of receiving parent consent for administering tests and other
evaluation materials (see form IE-3 or RE-5) or provide the parent notice that no additional
assessments are needed (see form IE-2 or RE-4).
There are three exceptions to the 60-calendar-
day evaluation timeline. The exceptions include
situations in which (1) the parent of a student repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the student for the
evaluation; (2) a student enrolls in a school of another LEA after the 60-calendar-day timeline has
begun, but prior to a determination of eligibility or continuing eligibility by the student’s previous
LEA (see form M-2); or (3) there is a written agreement with the parent to extend the timeline to
complete the evaluation of a student suspected of having a specific learning disability (see form M-
3).
40
Back to Table of Contents
The date of eligibility determination also begins the 30-calendar-day timeline within which the IEP
team must meet to develop an IEP and determine a student’s placement.
Section I
Information from existing data.
34 CFR §§ 300.301 and 300.303; Wis. Stat. §
115.782.
In this section, the IEP team documents information from existing data. Refer to the existing data
review (DPI Model Form ED-1) when completing this section. The IEP team must include existing
information related to all concerns identified in the referral (Form R-1) (or notice of reevaluation, RE-
1) or during the review of existing data (Form ED-1). During the IEP team meeting to determine if a
student meets the criteria for a disability category and needs specially designed instruction, document
and analyze the relevant data and information that existed prior to the current evaluation. Any data
from additional testing or other evaluation materials administered as part of the current evaluation is
documented in Section II, under “Information from Additional Assessments and Other Evaluation
Materials.” When interpreting evaluation data to determine
if a student meets the criteria for a
disability category and requires specially designed instruction, IEP teams are required to document
and carefully analyze data from a variety of sources.
The IEP team must include information about both academic achievement and functional
performance. Academic achievement includes information in reading, mathematics, written
language, communication, science and social studies. For preschool children, academic achievement
includes information about the child’s acquisition and use of knowledge and skills (including early
language/communication and early literacy and other pre-academic skills). Functional performance
includes social and emotional skills, activities, and nonacademic skills needed for independence and
performance at school, in the home, in the community, for leisure time, and for post-secondary and
lifelong learning. Examples include activities of everyday living, school/work/play habits,
expressing needs and desires, the ability to problem solve and ask for help, and other social and
emotional skills. For preschool children, functional performance includes positive social and
emotional skills and use of appropriate behavior to meet their needs. As part of a comprehensive
evaluation, IEP teams are encouraged to include information from any relevant areas identified from
the referral and during the review of existing data such as achievement in content areas, cognitive
learning, communication, independence and self-determination, physical and health, social and
emotional learning.
41
Back to Table of Contents
A. Information provided by parent(s)/family:
34 CFR §§ 300.304, 300.305, and 300.306;
Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Information provided by teachers, related
service providers. 34 CFR §§ 300.304,
300.305, and 300.306; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Information provided by other sources:
34 CFR §§ 300.304, 300.305, and 300.306;
Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
B. Summary of previous evaluations and
assessments
Classroom-based, district-wide or state
assessment results.34 CFR §§ 300.305 and
300.306; Wis. Stat. § 115.782).
Document information provided by the parent(s) and family in reading and other areas. LEAs should
encourage parents’ participation by encouraging family members to describe their student’s strengths
and abilities and what they view as their student’s challenges. For example, is the student able to read
and comprehend classroom texts and materials? Encourage the parent to share information about what
and how their student is reading at home and in the community as well as their beliefs about their own
skills and their passions and desires. LEAs may want to provide resources and encourage the
parent(s)/family to access other tools before the IEP team meeting to prepare to participate. If the
parent(s)/family have no information to provide, document that no additional information was
provided. The IEP team should ask the parent for information about the concerns identified in the
referral (or notice of reevaluation) and during the review of existing data.
Document information provided by teachers and related service providers about the student’s
academic and functional performance in the classroom and school environment. IEP team members
may share how the student is achieving in reading, mathematics and other content areas; observations
regarding social/emotional behavior, health status, self-determination, communication skills or
cognitive learning (making connections when learning new material). The IEP team should document
information from teachers and service providers about the concerns identified in the referral (or notice
of reevaluation) and during the review of existing data. Concerns may be in the areas of achievement
in content areas, cognitive learning, communication, independence and self-determination, physical
and health, social and emotional learning.
Include any other existing data here. This may include information pertaining to postsecondary
transition, pertinent medical information (including vision and hearing), information from the Birth
to 3 Program if the child is transitioning to early childhood, and any other pertinent data.
Document information in reading and any areas of concern. If no previous assessments or evaluations
exist, note this on the form.
Include the student’s performance on classroom tests, quizzes and district and state-wide assessments.
Include data in reading and other academic areas. The assessments may have been conducted in the
general education classroom or in a special education classroom. Local or district-wide assessments
include any standardized tests administered district-wide (e.g., Iowa Test of Basic Skills, STAR, PALS,
MAP). If no previous classroom-based, local, or state assessments exist, note this on the form.
42
Back to Table of Contents
Other evaluations and assessments:
34 CFR §§ 300.305 and 300.306; Wis. Stat. §
115.782.
When applicable, include information from a reading teacher or specialist. For preschool children,
use the results of their Indicator 7 Child Outcomes Ratings. Document results from an independent
educational evaluation, whether at school district or parent expense. Include the results of any
previous functional performance assessments or evaluations.
C. Previous interventions and the effects of
those interventions table:
Wis. Stat. § 115.782(2)(b)1.
Identify any previous evidenced-based interventions, including instructional methodologies, provided
in the general education classroom or a special education setting. Include data on the effects of those
interventions on reading achievement/early literacy and other academic and functional areas.
Document any modifications or accommodations provided in any environment. Include data on how
the student responded to the interventions (e.g., Previous intervention: Direct instruction in reading
fluency for eight weeks; Effect: Increase of two words per minute.) These may include, among other
things, formal interventions as part of a multi-level system of supports or previous special education
services.
Prior interventions are required before an initial eligibility decision may be made for a Specific
Learning Disability (SLD).
In the rare case that no previous interventions have been provided, check “Not Applicable” box.
Section II
Information from additional assessments and
other evaluation materials. 34 CFR §§
300.304 and 300.306; Wis. Stat. § 115.782.
Academic:
In this section, the IEP team documents the new information gathered as part of the evaluation or
reevaluation. The IEP team must include information about the student’s academic and functional
early literacy or reading skills. Include any information collected during the evaluation related to
identified areas of concern in academic or functional skills such as achievement in content areas,
cognitive learning, communication, independence and self-determination, physical and health,
social and emotional learning. Identify whether information from additional assessments or other
sources was gathered during this evaluation/reevaluation by checking the “Yes” or “No” box. If yes,
document data and information about academic and functional performance.
Include data and information about early literacy or reading and other content areas of concern
identified in the referral (or notice of reevaluation) or during the review of existing data. Data and
information are obtained from assessments and other evaluation materials administered as part of
the current evaluation with consent from the parent. The data may include formal observations,
aptitude tests, and other newly conducted assessments determined to be needed as a result of the
review of existing data.
43
Back to Table of Contents
Functional:
Include results from checklists, behavior rating scales and interviews related to the student’s
functional performance. Formal observations of the student’s functional performance conducted as
part of the student’s special education evaluation should be documented in this section. Document
the observations of professionals conducted outside the school environment. Document assessment
results of the student’s functional reading skills. Include information about areas of concern
identified during the referral (or notice of reevaluation) or review of existing data such as cognitive
learning, communication, independence and self-determination, physical and health, social and
emotional learning.
Section III.
Information regarding areas of concern
Section IV.
Determination of Disability Category and
Need for Specially Designed Instruction
The IEP team must verify they have included data or other information related to all areas of concern
identified in the referral (or notice of reevaluation) or during the review of existing data. The IEP team
should review the referral (R-1) (or notice of reevaluation, RE-1) and existing data review (ED-1)
forms to determine the concerns that were previously identified. Data or other information related to
each area of concern is documented under Section I, II or both. If data or other information related to
each area of concern is documented, the IEP team would check the “Yes” box. If the IEP team
neglected to consider or evaluate an area of concern, the “No” box should be checked, and the IEP
team should reconvene to consider the additional area(s) after data or information is obtained. This
will ensure the evaluation is sufficiently comprehensive to identify all the student’s disability-related
needs. If the IEP team considered an area of concern but determined the area did not need to be
evaluated, provide an explanation as to why in Section I and check the “Yes” box; the IEP team
considered the area of concern.
A. Determination of Disability Category
34 CFR §§ 300.8, 300.306, 300.309, 300.311,
and 300.503, Wis. Stat. §§ 115.76; 115.782
and 115.792.
When considering whether the student meets the criteria for one or more disability categories, the IEP
team may not find the student eligible if the determining factor is due to a lack of appropriate
instruction in reading or math, or due to limited English proficiency. The district must take steps to
address the lack of appropriate instruction or the student’s limited English proficiency. The IEP team
may provide recommendations (e.g., resources or supports) for the district to consider.
44
Back to Table of Contents
To identify a student as a child with a disability,the IEP team must first determine the student meets
the criteria for one or more of the twelve disability categories and second determine if the student
requires specially designed instruction (see Section IV.B). In determining if the student meets criteria,
the IEP team should consider all suspected disability categories of concern and, using the eligibility
criteria in section PI 11.36, Wisconsin Administrative Code, document how the student meets (or
does not meet) the criteria. If the student meets eligibility criteria, check the box next to the disability
category in Section IV.A.3. on Form ER-1. Check each disability category where the student meets
criteria. For each disability category identified, document how the student meets the criteria. The IEP
team must attach the disability criteria form as documentation.
If the student did not meet criteria for any disability category that was considered by the IEP team,
document how the student did not meet the criteria for the rejected disability category. If the student
was not eligible under any disability category, document which ones were considered and how the
student did not meet the criteria. The IEP team may attach the disability criteria form as
documentation, if used.
A student must be found to have met criteria for a disability category before the IEP team considers
if the student needs specially designed instruction. If the student does not meet criteria for a disability
category, do not complete Section IV.B.: Need for Specially Designed Instruction. The IEP team may
include recommendations other than special education for the district and parent(s) to consider to
support the student.
If the student has a significant developmental delay (SDD), SDD must be the only disability category
checked. The IEP team must consider and dismiss all other disability categories before identifying a
student with SDD.
If the IEP team identifies a Specific Learning Disability, document the additional information required
for Specific Learning Disabilities on form ER-2A or 2B.
If the IEP team identifies a visual impairment, document the additional information required for
determining a student’s need for Braille on form ER-3.
If the student meets the criteria for at least one disability category defined in PI.11.36, then the IEP
team determines if the student needs specially designed instruction.
45
Back to Table of Contents
B. Need for Specially Designed Instruction
34 CFR §§ 300.306, 300.503, and 300.8; Wis.
Stat. §§ 115.76, 115.782, and 115.792.
Describe how the student’s disability affects
their access, engagement and progress in the
grade-level general education curriculum,
including how the disability affects academic
or functional skills (e.g., achievement in
content areas including early
literacy/reading, cognitive learning,
communication, independence and self-
determination, physical and health, social
and emotional learning). 34 CFR §
300.320(a)(1)(i) and (ii); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(a).
This section is completed if the student meets the criteria for one or more disability category. It is
possible for a student to meet criteria for a disability category and not need specially designed
instruction and, therefore, not be a child with a disability. Child with a disability means a child who
meets disability category criteria, and who, by reason thereof, needs special education and related
services.
In determining the effects of the disability, consider how the disability affects academic achievement
(e.g., early literacy/reading, math, science, social studies) and functional performance (e.g., cognitive
learning, communication, independence and self-
determination, physical and health, social and
emotional learning). Describe how the student’s disability affects the student’s access, involvement,
and progress in the general education curriculum, instruction, and environment, including how the
disability affects reading. The term “general education curriculum” refers to the same curriculum as
for nondisabled students in the same grade in which the student is enrolled. It is the standards-based
curriculum adopted by each LEA or schools within the LEA that applies to all students within each
general age grouping from preschool through secondary school.
For preschool children, describe how the disability affects participation in age-appropriate activities,
including language development, communication, and/or early literacy. “Age-appropriate activities”
means activities that children of that chronological age typically engage in as part of a formal
preschool program or in informal activities, for example coloring, pre-reading activities, play time,
sharing time, or listening to stories read by teachers or parents. Describe how the disability affects
functional performance (e.g., cognitive learning, communication, independence and self-
determination, physical and health, social and emotional learning).
A statement that a student’s disability impacts their performance, or a restatement of the eligibility
criteria is not sufficient. A suggested sentence starter when describing the effects of the disability
might be, “The student is not meeting grade-level standards/expectations in the area of X (effect).”
For more information on effects of the disability and disability-
related needs, visit
https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/college-and-career-ready-ieps/learning-resources.
46
Back to Table of Contents
Based on a root cause analysis of the effects
of the student’s disability, describe the
student’s academic and/or functional
disability-related needs. What skills and/or
behaviors does the student need to develop
and/or improve so the student can meet
age/grade level standards and expectations
(e.g., decoding, identifying the main idea,
basic math calculations, and word
problems)? 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(2)(i)(A);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(b).
The disability-related needs are identified by asking why the student is not achieving grade-level
standards or functional expectations. The IEP team digs deep into this analysis, asking why multiple
times to identify the root cause(s). This includes why the student is not able to access, be involved in,
or make progress in the general education curriculum and why the student is not achieving grade-
level reading standards/early learning standards. Based on the root cause analysis of the effects of the
student’s disability, the IEP team determines the student’s disability-related needs. Disability-related
needs are specific skills impacted by the student’s disability that a student needs to learn in order to
access, engage and make progress in meeting early-childhood/grade level standards and expectations.
This may include needs related to the acquisition of academic skills such as phonemic awareness,
phonics/decoding, reading fluency, vocabulary development, reading comprehension, number sense,
and ability to manipulate numbers. A disability-related need may also relate to functional skill needs
such as social-emotional, behavioral, self-regulation, mobility, sensory, and others that affect access
and engagement in curriculum, instruction and other activities.
The team must consider and document the disability-related needs unique to each student, regardless
of their areas of impairment, including students who are “speech and language only.” It is important
to consider the effects of a speech and language impairment on reading achievement and other
academic areas and functional performance. If the student is reading below grade level, the IEP team
must consider why the student is not reading at grade level. If the IEP team determines the disability
adversely affe
cts reading (even if the student is identified solely with a speech and language
impairment), then the team must conduct a root cause analysis to identify the reasons. This will help
ensure everyone on the IEP team understands how the disability is affecting the student’s academic
achievement and functional performance and inform what goals and services are needed.
A suggested sentence starter for developing a statement of disability-related need might be, “The
student needs to develop/improve/increase X skill/behavior (related to root causes), so the student can
Y (addresses effect).” For more information on identifying the disability-related needs refer to Step 2
of the 5-Step Process at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/college-and-career-ready-ieps/learning-resources.
47
Back to Table of Contents
Can the student’s disability-related needs be
addressed without specially designed
instruction?
By reason of the identified disability
category(ies) that adversely affects the
student’s education performance, does the
student need specially designed instruction or
in the case of a reevaluation, continue to
need specially designed instruction?
34 CFR § 300.306.
The IEP team must determine if the student’s disability-related needs can be met solely by regular
education or if the student requires specially designed instruction. Special education means specially
designed instruction to meet the unique needs of a child with a disability.
Specially designed
instruction means adapting the content, methodology or delivery of instruction to address the unique
needs of the student that result from the student’s disability and ensure access of the student to the
general curriculum so that the student can meet the educational standards that apply to all students
within the jurisdiction of the LEA.
Check Yes if the student’s disability-related needs can be addressed by regular education. This
means the student does not require special education. Describe any supports the student may need
provided by regular education, such as preferential seating, etc. Note if the IEP team suggests the
student be considered for a Section 504 evaluation and supports via a Section 504 Plan. If the student
only requires modifications or accommodations that can be made by the regular education program,
the student does not need special education and no IEP is developed for the student.
Check Noif the student’s disability-related needs cannot be addressed without specially designed
instruction. This means the student’s disability-related needs cannot be addressed solely by regular
education. Explain why the student requires specially designed instruction. Describe the student’s
needs that cannot be addressed by the regular education program. Describe the adaptations to
content, methodology or delivery of instruction needed to address the student’s disability-related
needs. If a student does not need specially designed instruction, the student is not eligible for special
education and an IEP is not developed.
This prompt is intended to be a concluding statement or determination as to whether the student needs
specially designed instruction and is therefore eligible to receive special education services. The IEP
team should consider the information discussed and documented in the preceding prompts and check
Yes if the student requires specially designed instruction to meet their disability-related needs, or
No if the student does not require specially designed instruction.
48
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-DIS Introduction to Disability Category Determinations as Part of a Comprehensive Evaluation
The department has developed criteria forms to assist IEP teams in review of disability category criteria under Wis. Admin. Code PI 11.36. These forms
are used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation.
The criteria forms will guide the IEP team’s consideration of disability category criteria during an evaluation. Checkboxes at the top of the forms indicate
the form sections the IEP must review. During an initial evaluation, select the “initial evaluation or considering new disability categorycheckbox. If the
student has previously been identified as eligible for special education and the IEP team is considering a new category, the student must meet initial
criteria for the new disability category, so select the “initial evaluation or considering new disability category” checkbox. If the student has previously
been identified for the category being considered, select the “reevaluating category for continuing identification” checkbox and complete the sections
indicated.
The form has prompts to explain or reference data or evidence considered in the process of disability category determination. For any disability category
being considered, the IEP team must document whether or not the student meets the criteria. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the
criteria form to the evaluation report (form ER-1). If categories were considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining
how a student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation report or 2) attaching the applicable criteria for disability category form(s).
Disability criteria determination is part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) requires
that special education evaluations be sufficiently comprehensive to make eligibility decisions and identify the student’s educational needs, whether or
not commonly linked to the disability category in which the student has been classified. 34 CFR § 300.304.
It is important to consider there may be effects of a disability that seem similar to another disability category. For example, an IEP team may find a
student meets the criteria of emotional behavioral disability when the behavior exhibited by the student may have been explained by a hearing loss and
would be addressed differently. In this case, including a teacher of the deaf and hard of hearing on the IEP team would be important. To ensure a
comprehensive special education evaluation of each student, it is important not to associate certain characteristics with one particular disability category,
but to consider if what the IEP team is observing may be due to another factor.
Comprehensive evaluations must provide information relevant to making decisions about how to educate the student. A comprehensive evaluation
provides the foundation for developing an IEP that promotes student access, engagement, and progress in age or grade level general education curriculum,
instruction and other activities, and environments. For more information on comprehensive evaluations, visit the comprehensive evaluation webpage at
the Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.
49
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-AUT Criteria for Disability Category: Autism
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of autism as defined
under PI 11.36 (8)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation report. If this category
is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation report
or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
A medical diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder is not required in order to determine whether a student meets the disability category criteria of
autism. If medical information is available, it should be considered as part of the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s evaluation but must not
be the sole component to determine if the student meets the disability category criteria for autism. School personnel may not require parents to obtain a
medical diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder before proceeding with a comprehensive special education evaluation. For more information on how
to identify a student with autism, go to the autism webpage at the Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Social Participation and
Communication
criteria for autism.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for autism. The
IEP team must complete all sections of the criteria form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for autism. A
student must meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this category. The IEP team must complete
all sections of the criteria form.
Both must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for the disability category of Autism. Data or
evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no”.
The data or evidence should be gathered from a variety of sources including observation, interview,
record review, developmental history, rating scales or checklists and other sources as deemed
necessary by the IEP team.
50
Back to Table of Contents
The student displays difficulties or
differences or both in interacting with
people and events. The student may be
unable to establish and maintain reciprocal
relationships with people. The student may
seek consistency in environmental events to
the point of exhibiting rigidity in routines.
The student displays problems which extend
beyond speech and language to other
aspects of social communication, both
receptively, and expressively. The student’s
verbal language may be absent or, if
present, lacks the usual communicative
form which may involve deviance or delay
or both. The student may have a speech or
language disorder or both in addition to
communication difficulties associated with
autism.
Section II. Other Characteristics
The student exhibits delays, arrests, or
regressions in motor, sensory, social or
learning skills. The student may exhibit
precocious or advanced skill development,
while other skills may develop at normal or
extremely depressed rates. The student may
not follow developmental patterns in the
acquisition of skills.
Evidence may include, but is not limited to, joint attention, social awareness, reciprocity or turn-
taking, imitation, social play, or social cognition.
Must be checked “yes.
reciprocity, or understanding of non-verbal communication. A variety of assessment tools may be
required to explore receptive and expressive speech and language that has an educational impact on a
pragmatic language difficulties, and other assessments such as language samples and observations may
be helpful when identifying communication difficulties associated with autism.
At least one must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for the disability category of autism. Data
or evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no.”
The data or evidence should be gathered from a variety of sources including observation, interview,
necessary by the IEP team.
concrete visual rote learning skills while exhibiting depressed rates in other areas. The student does
not follow a normal developmental pattern or progression in acquiring skills.
51
Back to Table of Contents
The student exhibits abnormalities in the
thinking process and in generalizing. The
student exhibits strengths in concrete
thinking while difficulties are demonstrated
in abstract thinking, awareness, and
judgment. Perseverant thinking and
impaired ability to process symbolic
information may be present.
The student exhibits unusual, inconsistent,
repetitive, or unconventional responses to
sounds, sights, smells, tastes, touch or
movement. The student may have a visual
or hearing impairment or both in addition to
sensory processing difficulties associated
with autism.
The student displays marked distress over
changes, insistence on following routines,
and a persistent preoccupation with or
attachment to objects. The student’s
capacity to use objects in an age-appropriate
or functional manner may be absent,
arrested or delayed. The student may have
difficulty displaying a range of interests or
imaginative activities or both. The student
may exhibit stereotyped body movements.
Section III. Educational Performance
There is an adverse effect on the student's
learning, academic achievement, or
functional performance. Explain or
reference data or evidence:
difficulty understanding abstract and symbolic information or relationships. Student may demonstrate
a need with executive functioning skills, i.e., attending, problem solving, organizing, prioritizing,
and/or generalizing.
May be checked “yes.” The student may demonstrate hypersensitivity (over sensitivity or sensory
aversion) or hyposensitivity (under sensitivity or sensory seeking) to sensory input or unusual interest
in sensory aspects of the environment.
May be checked “yes.” The student may rely heavily on learned and predictable rules, routines, and
student may demonstrate rigidity and perseveration in pa
preoccupation with topics, themes, objects, events, or people. The student may use objects or their
bodies in unconventional or repetitive ways.
Must be checked “yes.
Data or evidence must document an adverse effect on the student’s educational performance. Assessing
an adverse effect requires the IEP team to consider all aspects of the student’s functioning at school,
including academic, cognitive, communication, physical and health, independence and self-
determination, and social and emotional functioning.
52
Back to Table of Contents
Section IV. Exclusionary Factor
Section V. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates developmental disability
significantly affecting a student's social
interaction and verbal and nonverbal
communication, generally evident before
age 3, that adversely affects learning and
educational performance. The student meets
the disability category criteria for autism.
an emotional behavioral disability.
Students may be identified as meeting more than one disability category criteria area. However, if the
emotional behavioral disability, the student cannot meet the disability category criteria for autism.
34 CFR § 300.8(c)(1)(ii).
Check “yes” or “no.” Must meet all criteria in order to check “yes.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
53
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-BVI Criteria for Disability Category: Blind and Visually Impaired
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of blind and visually
impaired as defined under PI 11.36 (3)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. As a member of the IEP team, the licensed teacher of the blind and visually impaired
should attend all IEP team meetings, including initial evaluation and reevaluation meetings. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the
criteria form to the evaluation report. If this category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a
student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student who is blind or visually impaired go to the blind and visually impaired webpage at the Wisconsin
Department of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Functional Vision Evaluation
A teacher of the blind and visually impaired
PI 34.051 conducted a functional vision
evaluation.
criteria for blind and visually impaired.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for blind and
visually impaired. The IEP team must complete all sections of this form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for blind and
visually impaired. A student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this
category, but the disability must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in
order to be considered for specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team
consider all sections on this form, but only Section III is required. For example, if the IEP team
decides to complete a functional vision assessment during reevaluation, document the results in
section I. If the IEP team decides to complete an orientation and mobility assessment during a
reevaluation, document the results in section II.
All must be checked “yes” to verify a functional vision evaluation took place. This does not directly
determine eligibility.
An individual licensed by the Department of Public Instruction to teach students who are blind or
visually impaired must conduct a functional vision evaluation. As a member of the IEP team, the
teacher of the blind and visually impaired should attend both initial and reevaluation meetings, as well
as annual IEP meetings.
54
Back to Table of Contents
Review of medical information from an
ophthalmologist or optometrist.
Formal and informal tests of visual
functioning.
Determination of the educational
implications and curricular needs.
The student’s visual functioning adversely
affects educational performance.
assessments will be conducted and alerts them to conditions that may be degenerative. A degenerative
condition may require braille instruction or other programming that the student will need in the coming
school years.
The eye report may include, but is not limited to etiology and pathology, visual acuity measures, field
loss information, refractive correction, and restrictions. DPI has developed a worksheet (PI-2015)
"Ocular Report for Children with a Known or Suspected Visual Impairment," which can provide
teachers and eye doctors with a way to communicate.
Formal tests of visual functioning can provide information based on recognized standards. The tests
come in a variety of formats such as checklists, eye charts, performance-based measurements or
criterion referenced assessments. Test selection may vary for each student and should be individually
determined.
Informal assessments should include observation, interviews and other informal activities with the
student. Informal testing may be the most reliable method of obtaining information from students with
multiple disabilities for whom traditional formal testing may prove ineffective.
The following areas need to be considered when determining what implications the student’s vision
has on the student’s access, engagement and progress in: general education curriculum educational
environments, learning media, including reading and writing modes, and expanded core curriculum
specific for students who are blind and visually impaired. All students may not exhibit difficulties in
all of these areas due to blindness or visual impairment; however, evaluation should consider all
potential implications.
There must be an adverse effect on the student’s educational performance in order for the student to
meet criteria. For example:
A student may not be able to access a computer or tablet using their vision, impacting their
ability to access curriculum at the same time as their peers and meet grade level standards.
hallways or the lunch line, board a school bus, and cross streets. A student may also be observed
tripping over uneven surfaces, both indoors and outdoors. This may adversely impact the
student’s ability to meet grade-level standards.
55
Back to Table of Contents
Section II. Orientation and Mobility Needs
An orientation and mobility specialist
evaluated the student to determine if there
are related orientation and mobility needs in
home, school, or community environments.
The student has orientation and mobility
needs. (Explain or reference data or
evidence and include a description of the
orientation and mobility needs)
Section III. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category:
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates even after correction a
student’s visual functioning adversely
affects educational performance. The
student meets the disability category criteria
for blind and visually impaired.
Check “yes” to indicate if the student was assessed by an orientation and mobility specialist in home,
school, or community environments. An orientation and mobility specialist must evaluate the student;
however, a student may meet criteria for blind and visually impaired even if they do not have
orientation and mobility needs.
Check “yes” to indicate the student has orientation and mobility needs.
An orientation and mobility specialist documents in their assessment the findings and needs of the
student. In this section the orientation and mobility specialist must provide a summary of their report
that is understandable to the IEP team.
A student may meet criteria for blind and visually impaired even if they do not have orientation and
mobility needs.
A licensed teacher of the blind or visually impaired conducted a functional vision evaluation (FVE)
which included a review of medical records, formal and informal tests, educational implications and
curricular needs and determined the student’s visual fun
performance. The student was assessed by an orientation and mobility specialist.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
56
Back to Table of Contents
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification:
The student was previously identified as
meeting the disability category criteria for
blind and visually impaired and continues to
have a disability that adversely affects the
student’s educational performance. A
student whose disability has an adverse
effect on educational performance must be
found to require specially designed
instruction in order to continue to be
eligible for special education (document the
need for specially designed instruction on
the ER-1).
required to meet initial identification criteria upon reevaluation. The student’s visual functioning must
continue to have an adverse effect on educational performance. Explain or reference data or evidence.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
57
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-DHH Criteria for Disability Category: Deaf and Hard of Hearing
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of deaf and hard of
hearing as defined under PI 11.36 (4)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. As a member of the IEP team, the licensed teacher of the deaf and hard of hearing should
attend all IEP team meetings, including initial evaluation and reevaluation meetings. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form
to the evaluation report. If this category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not
meet the criteria on the evaluation report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student who is deaf and hard of hearing, go to the deaf and hard of hearing webpage at the Wisconsin
Department of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Hearing Evaluation
A teacher of the deaf or hard of hearing
licensed under s. PI 34.050 was a member of
the IEP team when determining eligibility.
criteria for deaf and hard of hearing.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for deaf and
hard of hearing. The IEP team must complete all sections of this form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for deaf and hard of
hearing. A student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this category, but the
disability must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in order to be considered
for specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team consider all sections on this
form, but only Section III is required.
All must be checked “yes.
A DPI licensed teacher of the deaf and hard of hearing is required to be a member of the evaluation
team (including reevaluations).
58
Back to Table of Contents
The IEP team considered a current
evaluation conducted by an audiologist
licensed under ch. 459, Wis.
Stats. when
determining if the student meets criteria.
Explain or reference data or evidence.
There is a decreased ability to detect sound
in one or both ears with or without
amplification, whether permanent or
chronically fluctuating. Explain or reference
data or evidence.
Section II. Educational Performance
There is an
adverse effect on academic
performance. Explain or reference data or
evidence.
Department of Safety and Professional Services (DSPS). All clinical audiologists and the majority of
DPI licensed school audiologists have this credential.
“Current” hearing evaluation is defined by the IEP team. Most often hearing assessments conducted
within the past 6-12 months are considered standard practice. There are situations where the IEP team
may decide to consider information from older assessments or other information gathered by the IEP
team, including information provided by the parent.
A comprehensive evaluation including an audiology report should be sufficiently broad to accurately
describe a student’s hearing status, with or without amplification or hearing assistive technology,
including evidence of a decreased ability to detect sounds (tones and/or speech). There are a variety of
audiology-based assessments and evaluations to represent a student’s auditory function that may vary
by age, etiology, area of concern, etc. An audiogram is only one measure of representing hearing
levels/auditory perception at different frequencies.
An adverse effect on educational performance must be demonstrated in at least one of the following
areas: academic performance, speech perception, speech production, or communication including
language acquisition or expression. For each area, check “yes” if the decreased ability to detect sound
adversely affects academic performance, speech perception, speech production, or communication and
explain or reference data or evidence under each prompt. Check “no” if not adversely affected. At least
one area must be checked “yes.”
This means an adverse effect on academic achievement such as phonemic awareness, vocabulary,
general word knowledge, independent reading with comprehension, reading for information, etc.
Data or evidence should identify how a student is able to access, engage and make progress in the
general education curriculum as well as areas of need associated with the Expanded Core Curriculum
specific to students who are deaf and hard of hearing. For all students, data identifying adverse effect
on academic achievement should not be solely based on grades, but rather academic skills and supports
students must demonstrate and know how to use independently in order to access the general education
curriculum.
59
Back to Table of Contents
There is an adverse effect on speech
perception. Explain or reference data or
evidence.
There is an adverse effect on speech
production. Explain or
reference data or
evidence.
There is an adverse effect on
communication including language
acquisition or expression. Explain or
reference data or evidence.
to spoken messages in a variety of settings.
Data or evidence should identify how a student is able to hear and understand speech in different school
environments and conditions such as in quiet vs noise, close proximity vs distance, small vs large
group, face to face vs virtual formats, as well as various settings such as classroom, lunchroom, gym,
playground, etc.
intelligible to others.
Data or evidence should identify how a student is able to produce speech that can be understood by a
variety of communication partners including adults, peers, unfamiliar listeners, etc.
This means an adverse effect on communication including language acquisition or expression such as
information, communicate effectively with peers and adults in a variety of situations in order to have
needs met, know the nuances of communication exchange (manners), etc.
Data or evidence should identify how a student communicates and acquires language most effectively
communication device or some combination of modes. For students who are deaf or hard of hearing,
communication effectiveness may vary depending on the student’s communication partners, listening
conditions, environments, and familiarity with the subject or content. Please see the WESP-DHH
Outreach expanded core curriculum.
Students who are deaf or hard of hearing may also have differences between their expressive and
receptive skills that can vary based on different circumstances.
60
Back to Table of Contents
Section III. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category:
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates a decreased ability to detect
sound in one or both ears with or without
amplification, whether permanent or
chronically fluctuating, which adversely
affects the student’s educational
performance. The student meets the
disability category criteria for deaf and hard
of hearing.
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification:
The student was previously identified as
meeting the disability category criteria for
deaf and hard of hearing and continues to
have a disability that adversely affects the
student’s educational performance. (Explain
or reference data or evidence.) A student
whose disability has an adverse effect on
educational performance must be found to
require specially designed instruction in
order to continue to be eligible for special
education (document the need for specially
designed instruction on the ER-1).
Check “yes” if the student meets the disability category criteria.
Check “no” if the student did not meet the disability category criteria.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
Check “yes” if the student’s disability continues to have an adverse effect on the student’s educational
performance.
Check “no” if the student’s disability does not continue to have an adverse effect on the student’s
educational performance.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
61
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-DB Criteria for Disability Category: Deafblind
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of deafblind as defined
under PI 11.36 (4m)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation report. If this category
is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation report
or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student who is deafblind, go to the deafblind webpage at the Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Vision and Hearing Evaluation
Conducted a comprehensive evaluation that
includes completion of the criteria forms for
deaf and hard of hearing and blind and
visually impaired
The student meets one of the following
conditions:
criteria for deafblind.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for deafblind. The
IEP team must complete all sections of this form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for deafblind. A
student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this category, but the disability
must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in order to be considered for
specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team consider all sections on this
form, but only Section III is required.
Both must be checked “yes” to proceed.
Check “yes” if the team has conducted a comprehensive evaluation that has included completing the
disability criteria forms for both deaf and hard of hearing and blind and visually impaired. Both of
these forms should be filled out prior to going on to the next part of the worksheet. The entire team
should be involved when working through the deafblind criteria. All of the members of the team will
educational impact.
deafblindness.
One of the four conditions must be met to check “yes.”
62
Back to Table of Contents
Meets the criteria for deaf and hard of
hearing under PI 11.36(4) and blind and
visually impaired under PI 11.36(3).
Meets deaf and hard of hearing criteria and
has a documented clinical or functional
vision loss.
Meets the blind and visually impaired criteria
and has a documented clinical or functional
hearing loss.
Has a documented diagnosis of a progressive
medical condition that will result in
concomitant hearing and vision losses (e.g.,
Usher’s Syndrome).
Explain or reference data or evidence to
support (may reference deaf and hard of
hearing and blind and visually impaired
criteria forms).
Section II. Educational Impact
There is an adverse effect on communication
(e.g., apply information, communicate
effectively with peers and adults in a variety
of situations, express needs, and be able to
self-
advocate, understand the nuances of
communication exchange, etc.)
impaired (BVI).
The student meets the deaf and hard of hearing criteria. They did not meet the blind and visually
impaired criteria, but the student has a documented clinical or functional vision loss. An example of
documenting a functional vision loss could be the team documenting how a student’s functional vision
presents differently than what is documented on the ocular report.
The student meets the blind and visually impaired criteria. They did not meet the deaf and hard of
hearing criteria. However, the student has a documented clinical or functional hearing loss. An example
of this could be a student having a diagnosis of Central Auditory Processing Disorder.
The student has a documented diagnosis of a progressive medical condition that will result in both
student’s educational performance. One example of a diagnosis of a progressive medical condition is
Usher’s Syndrome.
Documentation of losses may include the deaf and hard of hearing criteria form, the blind and visually
information, observation reports, checklists, screeners, etc. The information gathered from these tools
can be used to explain or reference data or evidence.
All three of the following must be checked “yes.”
A student who is deafblind cannot rely on their vision to access auditory information and individuals
with vision loss cannot rely on their hearing to access visual information. This can affect their access
to language, communication, and their access or awareness of communication partners. Areas that
could be impacted are the ability to apply information, communicate effectively with peers and adults
in a variety of situations, the ability to express needs and be able to self-advocate, understanding the
nuances of communication exchange, etc.
These examples are not exhaustive, and the IEP team may document additional ways communication
is adversely affected for a student.
Documentation of an adverse effect on communication may include formal and informal assessment
data, anecdotal information, observation reports, checklists, screeners, etc. The information gathered
63
Back to Table of Contents
There is an adverse effect on developmental
performance (e.g., the ability to learn and
problem solve, concept development,
sensory awareness, etc.)
There is an adverse effect on educational
performance (e.g.,
academic achievement
measured by classroom performance,
standardized tests, etc., and functional
performance including engaging with peers
and adults, executive functioning skills,
sensory regulation, etc.)
delays or challenges in meeting developmental performance targets. Areas that may be impacted
include the ability to learn and problem solve. A student’s ability to develop concepts may be impacted
as their understanding and access to the world around them may be limited. Sensory awareness and
self-control may be delayed. A student’s fine and gross motor skills may be impacted. The entire team
should work together to document any developmental targets that are adversely affected.
These examples are not exhaustive, and the IEP team may document additional ways developmental
performance is adversely affected.
Documentation of an adverse effect on developmental performance may include formal and informal
assessment data, anecdotal information, observation reports, checklists, screeners, etc. The
information gathered from these tools can be used to explain or reference data or evidence.
This means a student who is deafblind may demonstrate delays or challenges related to academic or
non-academic achievement or both.
performance, grades, standardized tests, etc. Functional performance can include engaging with peers
emotional development, behavior, executive functioning skills, independent living skills, and self-help
skills.
These examples are not exhaustive, and the IEP team may document additional ways educational
performance is adversely affected.
Documentation of an adverse effect on educational performance may include formal and informal
assessment data, standardized testing, anecdotal information, observation reports, checklists, screeners,
etc. The information gathered from these tools can be used to explain or reference data or evidence.
64
Back to Table of Contents
Section III. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category:
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates concomitantly deaf or hard of
hearing and blind or visually impaired, the
combination of which causes severe
communication and other developmental
and educational needs such that the
individual disability-related needs of the
student extend beyond the instruction and
supports required for a student who is solely
deaf or hard of hearing or blind or visually
impaired. The student meets the disability
category criteria for deafblind.
A student whose disability has an adverse
effect on educational performance must be
found to require specially designed
instruction in order to be eligible for special
education (document the need for specially
designed instruction on the ER-1).
Check “yes” if the student meets the disability category criteria of deafblind.
In order to meet criteria for the disability category of deafblind, a student must need specially designed
instruction. This need for specially designed instruction needs to be documented on the ER-1.
Check” no” if the student did not meet the disability category criteria of deafblind.
65
Back to Table of Contents
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
The student was previously identified as
meeting the disability category criteria for
deafblind and continues to have a disability
that adversely affects the student’s
educational performance.
A student whose disability has an adverse
effect on educational performance must be
found to require specially designed
instruction in order to be eligible for special
education (document the need for specially
designed instruction on the ER-1). (Explain
or reference data or evidence.)
initial identification criteria upon reevaluation.
Check “yes” if the student’s disability continues to have an adverse effect on the student’s educational
performance.
Check “no” if the student’s disability does not continue to have an adverse effect on the student’s
educational performance.
The IEP needs to document that the student continues to have a disability that adversely affects the
student’s educational performance (including communication and developmental performance). This
documentation may include formal and informal assessment data, anecdotal information, observation
reports, checklists, screeners, etc. The information gathered from these tools can be used to explain or
reference data or evidence.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
66
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-EBD Criteria for Disability Category: Emotional Behavioral Disability
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of emotional behavioral
disability as defined under PI 11.36 (7)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation
report. If this category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on
the evaluation report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student who is emotional behavioral disability, go to the emotional behavioral disability webpage at the
Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Emotional Behavioral
Functioning
The student exhibits at least one of the
following:
Behaviors that interfere with the
development and maintenance of age and
grade appropriate interpersonal
relationships.
criteria for emotional behavioral disability.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for emotional
behavioral disability. The IEP team must complete all sections of the criteria form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for emotional
behavioral disability. A student must meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this category. The
IEP team must complete all sections of the criteria form.
All three yes/no questions must be checked “yes.”
Check all characteristics that apply. At least one must be checked to consider an emotional behavioral
characteristic considered.
The student’s behavioral response interferes with the ability to demonstrate age and grade interpersonal
establishing and maintaining friendships, give and take in interactions, communicating wants and
needs, and other skills found demonstrated by the majority of their peers of similar age, background,
culture, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, abilities, and/or socioeconomic status.
67
Back to Table of Contents
Observable affective or behavioral responses
during routine daily activities inconsistent
with the norms of the student or the student’s
community.
Pervasive unhappiness, depression or
anxiety.
Physical symptoms or fears associated with
personal or school problems.
Insufficient progress toward meeting age or
grade level academic standards that cannot
be explained by intellectual, sensory, or
health factors.
Isolation from peers or avoidance of social
interactions impacting the student’s access
and engagement in instructional activities.
Patterns of behaviors across settings and
individuals presenting risks to the physical
safety of the student or others.
peers of similar age, background, culture, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, abilities, and/or
socioeconomic status. Developmental norms and comparisons with peers in similar circumstances
should be used to determine whether the affective or behavioral responses are unusual, inconsistent or
inappropriate. Consideration should also be given if the affective or behavioral response is atypical,
different or inconsistent for the student and for which no observable reason exists.
The student must demonstrate a consistent pattern of unhappiness, depression, or anxiety over a long
period of time. This pattern is not a temporary response to situational factors or due to a medical
condition. A diagnosis by a licensed mental health professional of depression or anxiety is not required
to meet this characteristic.
The physical symptoms or fears must be linked with personal or school problems with no known
medical cause. Any known biological or medical condition should be investigated and ruled out.
The IEP team would rule out intellectual, sensory, or health factors and determine if a decline in
progress or a lack of progress correlates to the student’s mental health or behavioral responses.
The isolation or avoidance must be frequent and intense such that it interferes with the student’s
learning, participation, relationships or sense of safety and belonging. The IEP team may need to
consider if the student prefers to work or be alone, or if the student demonstrates or expresses a sense
of distress and dejection. If the student prefers to be alone, the IEP team will need to consider the
impact of that preference on the students ability to access, engage or make progress in age or grade
level general education curriculum, instruction, environments, or activities. Instructional activities are
broadly defined, and can be activities where parents, family members or community members pass on
or teach skills and knowledge.
Documentation will indicate there is a pattern of behavior and not isolated incidents of a behavioral
response that presents a risk to the physical safety of the student or others. It does not refer to simple
conflict or incidents with one other individual or with certain peers. The IEP team must establish that
the behavior is not in response to a specific setting, individual or relationship.
68
Back to Table of Contents
The behaviors must occur in an academic
setting in school, in a non-academic setting
in school, and in the student’s home or
community.
The student demonstrates frequent and
intense observable behaviors which
adversely affects the student’s educational
performance, either:
Over a long period of time; or
Of sudden onset due to an emerging mental
health condition which includes a diagnosis
by a licensed mental health professional.
settings.
Check “yes” if the behaviors occur in an academic setting at school, a non-academic setting at school,
and in the student’s home or community.
Check “no” if the behaviors occur in none, one or two of the three settings.
Evidence will include, but is not limited to, observational data from an academic setting in school, and
a non-academic setting in school.
Academic settings are settings in which state academic standards or functional skill competencies, such
independent work completion, group projects, classroom-based activities; community-based
instruction; content areas, art, music, physical education; field trips.
Non-academic settings are settings in which state academic standards or skill competencies, such as
Social Emotional Learning Competencies, are not systematically taught or assessed. Non-academic
settings in school may include: recess periods, meals, transition times, school bus (transportation to
and from school, to and from field trips or any school related function), field trips, play time, on school
extracurricular activities, and school sponsored social events.
At least one must be checked to consider an emotional behavioral disability.
Data or evidence must document frequent and intense observable behaviors. The observable behaviors
of concern must be more frequent and intense than the normal or typically expected range of behavior
for students of a similar age, grade, background, culture, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation,
and/or socioeconomic status. The scope and intensity must be outside of the typical developmental
expectations and the norms of the student’s family, community or culture.
Data or evidence must document an adverse effect on the student’s educational performance. Assessing
an adverse effect requires the IEP team to consider all aspects of the student’s functioning at school,
including academic, cognitive, communication, physical and health, independence and self-
determination, and social and emotional functioning.
69
Back to Table of Contents
Section II. Requirements
The IEP team conducted a comprehensive
evaluation and considered current data from
all of the following:
The results of evidence-
based positive
behavioral interventions implemented within
general education settings.
Systematic observations of the student in
both academic and non-
academic settings
documenting intensity, frequency, rate or
duration of observable target behaviors, as
well as other ecological factors that may be
impacting the student’s behavior.
Interviews of the student and parent or
family that include gathering information
regarding the student and family’s norms and
values, as well as other ecological factors
that may impact the student’s behavior.
Interviews of the
student’s teachers that
include gathering information regarding the
student’s strengths and ecological factors
that may impact the student’s behavior.
Interview of an LEA staff member, identified
mental health condition.
If documenting “over a long period of time”, data or evidence must include that the student exhibits
one or more of the characteristics long enough to be considered chronic, habitual, or persistent.
Determining whether a behavior has occurred over a long period of time depends on multiple factors
including the individual student, chronological age, ecological factors, and intensity of the behavior.
If considering sudden onset due to an emerging mental health condition, data or evidence must include
written documentation of the diagnosis from the community-based licensed mental health professional.
Check “yes” if the IEP team considered current data from all of the assessment requirements. To check
“yes,” all must be checked.
Reference current data documented in Section I.
Document evidence-based positive behavioral interventions under previous interventions and their
effects on the evaluation report, ER-1.
70
Back to Table of Contents
by the student, when possible, as having the
most positive or a positive relationship with
the student, that includes gathering
information regarding the student’s strengths
and ecological factors that may impact the
student’s behavior. The LEA staff member
may have been
interviewed as one of the
interviews of the student’s teachers, above.
Review of educational information
maintained by the LEA, including health,
academic and disciplinary records.
Results of standardized behavior rating
scales, which are normed using nationally
representative samples:
From a minimum of two sources from
school OR documented why the team
was unable to gather valid rating scale
results from two sources on the ER-1.
From at least one source from the home
or community.
The IEP team confirmed that normative
data reflects the student
’s background
OR documented that it did not in the ER-
1.
If needed, explain or reference data or
evidence not already provided in Section I.
71
Back to Table of Contents
Section III. Additional Requirements
The IEP team considered the effects of any
known history of trauma or mental health
disorder on the student’s functioning and
did not identify or refuse to identify
emotional behavioral disability based solely
on a known history of trauma or mental
health disorder.
The IEP team discussed and determined,
based on information and data collected,
whether behaviors are a result of a
difference between the norms of the
student’s family and community or an
emotional behavioral disability. The IEP
team did not identify a student as a student
with an emotional behavioral disability
when there is evidence that the difference is
the primary causal factor of the behaviors.
Section IV. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates a condition in which the
student demonstrates frequent and intense
observable behaviors, either over a long
period of time or of sudden onset due to an
emerging mental health condition which
adversely affects the student’s educational
performance. The student meets the
disability category criteria for emotional
behavioral disability. Yes must be checked
in all boxes, and all of the additional
requirements met, before a student may be
identified for the disability category.
The IEP team must summarize the discussion for each item.
Must meet all criteria in order to check yes.
Check “yes” if:
Section I: All three sections of emotional behavioral functioning are checked “yes”
Section II: Requirements is checked “yes
Section III: Both boxes for additional requirements are checked.
Initial criteria must be met for an initial or reevaluation when considering an emotional behavioral
disability. A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found
to require specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the
need for specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
72
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-ID Criteria for Disability Category: Intellectual Disability
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of intellectual disability
as defined under PI 11.36(1), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation report. If this
category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation
report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student with an intellectual disability, go to the intellectual disability webpage at the Wisconsin Department
of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Intellectual Functioning
The student has a standard score of 2 or more
standard deviations below the mean on at
least one individually administered
intelligence test that takes into account the
student’s mode of communication and is
developed to assess intellectual functioning
using this mode.
criteria for intellectual disability.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for intellectual
disability. The IEP team must complete all sections of this form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for intellectual
disability. A student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this category, but
the disability must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in order to be
considered for specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team consider all
sections on this form, but only Section IV is required.
Must be checked “yes.
More than one intelligence test may be used to produce a comprehensive result.
Assessment must be completed by a qualified examiner as outlined noted by in the publisher of the
assessment.
Explain or reference data by listing the assessment name and the scores from assessments or any
other scores that are relevant to showing 2 standard deviations below the mean.
73
Back to Table of Contents
Section II. Adaptive Functioning
The student has significant limitations in
adaptive behavior as demonstrated by a
standard score of 2 or more standard
deviations below the mean on standardized
or nationally normed measures, as measured
by comprehensive, individual assessments
that include interviews of the parents, tests,
and observations of the student in adaptive
behavior which are relevant to the student's
age, in at least one of the following:
Conceptual Skills (Explain or reference
data or evidence)
Social Adaptive Skills (Explain or
reference data or evidence)
Practical Adaptive Skills (Explain or
reference data or evidence)
An overall composite score on a
standardized measure of conceptual,
social, and practical skills
Section III. Educational Performance
The student is age 3 through 5 and has a
standard score of 2 or more standard
deviations below the mean on standardized
or nationally-normed measures, as
measured by comprehensive, individual
assessments, in each of the following areas:
Explain or reference data by listing the assessment name and the composite scores of each domain or
any other scores that are relevant to showing 2 standard deviations below the mean.
Note: An overall composite score or a composite score from of the three domains must be used. Do
not use only a scaled score from individual subtests.
Adaptive behavior should be evaluated using multiple respondents who know the student being
assessed and have the opportunity to observe the student on a daily or weekly basis in a variety of
settings over an extended period of time.
There may be times when a professional trained in the assessment may need to do a formal interview
to gain the information needed.
One yes/no question must be checked “yes.”
74
Back to Table of Contents
Language Development and
Communication
Cognition and General Knowledge
The student is age 6 to 21 and has a
standard score of 2 or more standard
deviations below the mean on standardized
or nationally normed measures, as measured
by comprehensive, individual assessments
in each of the following areas:
Written language
Reading
Mathematics
OR
Reliable and valid assessment results are not
possible due to functioning level or age (for
ages 3 to 5 or 6 to 21), and a standardized
developmental scale or body of evidence
including informal measures was used.
Language development is reflected in students’ progress toward acquiring skills in the areas of
listening and understanding, speaking and communicating, and early literacy. Language development
occurs in the context of relationships, encompasses all forms of communication, both verbal and
nonverbal, and moves students along the continuum of early literacy.
Students learn to communicate in a variety of ways, such as using symbols; combining their oral
language, pictures, print, and play into a coherent mixed medium, and creating and communicating
meaning through both nonverbal and verbal language.
The components of cognition and general knowledge focus on the student’s ability to acquire,
organize, and use information in increasingly complex ways to satisfy that curiosity. Primary
components include mathematics and logical thinking, scientific thinking, and problem-solving.
Students acquire knowledge by linking prior experiences to new learning situations. As a student
applies and extends prior knowledge to new experiences, the student refines concepts or forms new
ones. Cognition is a fluid process by which students use thinking skills to conceptually develop a
construct of the world, thus enabling active learning. General knowledge is a product of cognition,
which expands and grows through learning and self-expression.
Explain or reference data by listing the assessment name or type and the composite scores or each
developmental area.
For each academic area, explain or reference data by listing the assessment name or type as well as
and the composite scores for each academic achievement area.
Use full composite scores for each subject area rather than scores from individual subtests. Refer to
the assessment’s manual to determine which subtests are needed to determine a composite score for
each subject area.
75
Back to Table of Contents
Section IV. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates significant limitations both in
intellectual functioning and in adaptive
behavior as expressed in conceptual, social,
and practical adaptive skills and manifested
during the developmental period that
adversely affects the student’s educational
performance. The student meets the
disability category criteria for intellectual
disability.
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
The student was previously found eligible
as meeting the disability category criteria
for intellectual disability and continues to
have a disability that adversely affects the
student’s educational performance. A
student whose disability has an adverse
effect on educational performance must be
found to require specially designed
instruction in order to continue to be
eligible for special education.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to
require specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need
for specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
A student who previously met criteria for the disability category of intellectual disability is not
required to meet initial identification criteria upon reevaluation.
Explain or reference data or evidence that shows the student’s disability adversely affects the
student’s educational performance.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
76
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-OHI Criteria for Disability Category: Other Health Impairment
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of other health impairment
as defined under PI 11.36 (10), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation report. If this
category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation
report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student with other health impairment, go to the other health impairment webpage at the Wisconsin Department
of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Health Condition
Does the student have a health problem?
Explain or reference data or evidence.
Is the health problem chronic or acute?
criteria for other health impairment.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for other health
impairment. The IEP team must complete all sections of the criteria form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for other health
impairment. A student must meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this category. The IEP team
must complete all sections of the criteria form.
All “yes/no” questions must be answered “yes.”
The list of possible health conditions that may be seen in students with other health impairment
includes, but is not limited to, a heart condition, tuberculosis, rheumatic fever, nephritis, asthma,
sickle cell anemia, hemophilia, epilepsy, lead poisoning, leukemia, diabetes, or acquired brain
injuries caused by internal occurrences or degenerative conditions.
A prior diagnosis from a licensed physician is not required for the IEP team to consider other health
impairment.
A student may qualify for other health impairment if the health condition is either chronic or acute.
This information may help identify disability-related needs when developing an IEP.
77
Back to Table of Contents
If yes, check ALL that apply.
Chronic (long-standing, continuous over
time, or recurring frequently). Explain or
reference data or evidence.
Acute (severe or intense). Explain or
reference data or evidence.
Does the student’s health problem result in
limited strength, vitality, or alertness?
If yes, check ALL that apply.
Limited strength (inability to perform
typical or routine tasks at school).
Explain or reference data or evidence:
Limited vitality (inability to sustain effort
or endure throughout an activity).
Explain or reference data or evidence:
Limited alertness (inability to manage
and maintain attention, to organize or
attend, to prioritize environmental
stimuli, including a heightened
alertness). Explain or reference data or
evidence:
developmental history. Document when condition started, any periods of remission, and if it is
recurring. Documentation should also indicate intensity if available.
Information may be obtained from a parent report, a medical or outside psychological report, teacher
report, or direct observation of the student. Information may also be obtained from rating scales,
checklists and structured interviews.
It is important to focus on the student’s presenting problems or issues, rather than on possible
symptoms or stereotypical presentation of a given health disorder.
78
Back to Table of Contents
Section II. Educational Performance
Is the student’s educational performance in
one or more of the following areas
adversely affected as a result?
If yes, check ALL that apply.
Pre-academic or academic achievement
Adaptive behavior
Behavior
Classroom performance
Communication
Motor skills
Social/Emotional Functioning
Vocational skills
Other (Describe)
Explain or reference data or evidence.
Section III. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates limited strength, vitality or
alertness, due to chronic or acute health
problems which adversely affects the
student’s educational performance. The
student meets the eligibility criteria under
the disability category of other health
impairment.
Consider both academic and nonacademic skills and progress. The use of multiple forms of
measurement and sources to document areas where the student has demonstrated difficulties can
increase the validity and reliability of the disability category determination.
All four yes/no questions must be checked “yes” in order for the student to meet criteria for other
health impairment.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
79
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-OI Criteria for Disability Category: Orthopedic Impairment
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of orthopedic impairment
as defined under PI 11.36 (2)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation report. If this
category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation
report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student with an orthopedic impairment, go to the orthopedic impairment webpage at the Wisconsin Department
of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Impairment
Does the student have a congenital anomaly
(including, but not limited to, clubfoot)?
Explain or reference data or evidence.
Does the student have impairments caused
by disease (including, but not limited to,
poliomyelitis or bone tuberculosis)? Explain
or reference data or evidence.
criteria for orthopedic impairment.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for orthopedic
impairment. The IEP team must complete all sections of this form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for orthopedic
impairment. A student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this category,
but the disability must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in order to be
considered for specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team consider all
sections on this form, but only Section III is required.
One must be checked.
A diagnosis from a licensed physician is not required for the IEP team to consider orthopedic
impairment. However, medical diagnosis and medical information are helpful.
A diagnosis from a licensed physician is not required for the IEP team to consider orthopedic
impairment. However, medical diagnosis and medical information are helpful.
80
Back to Table of Contents
Does the student have impairments from
other causes (including, but not limited to,
cerebral palsy, amputations, and fractures or
burns that cause contractures)? Explain or
reference data or evidence.
Section II. Educational Performance
Is the student’s educational performance in
one or more of the following areas
adversely affected as a result?
Maintaining and changing positions
Using classroom materials
Hygiene/self-care
Clothing management
Mobility
Eating
Classroom performance
Pre-academic or academic achievement
Social/Emotional functioning
Communication
Vocational skills
Behavior
Participation in physical education
Safety issues
Accessing the community
not limited to, arthrogryposis, spina bifida, juvenile arthritis, muscular dystrophy, and osteogenesis
imperfecta. These examples are provided as those noted in federal and state law and have been
mostly eradicated in the United States.
A diagnosis from a licensed physician is not required for the IEP team to consider orthopedic
impairment. However, medical diagnosis and medical information are helpful.
What data/explanation would we expect to see? Medical reports, parent reports, perhaps an
explanation of what the diagnosis is and how the condition may impact student’s mobility and access
to the general curriculum.
Must be checked “yes.
The IEP team must determine if the student’s educational performance is adversely affected as a
result of the impairment. If yes, the IEP team should identify all areas that are affected. The IEP team
should consider academic achievement and functional performance. The student’s educational
performance must be adversely affected in at least one area in order for the student to meet the
criteria for the disability category of orthopedic impairment.
How does the IEP determine if something is adversely affected? What data/explanation would we
expect to see?
Observation of the student in different classrooms or courses; information and interviews with
teachers and parents; information obtained from other measures such as adaptive skills and physical
ability.
81
Back to Table of Contents
Section III. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates a severe orthopedic
impairment that adversely affects the
student’s educational performance. The
student meets the disability category criteria
for orthopedic impairment.
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
The student was previously found to meet
the disability category criteria for
orthopedic impairment and continues to
have a disability that adversely affects the
student’s educational performance.
Must meet criteria in at least one part of the impairment section in order to check “yes”. A student
may meet more than one criterion in the impairment section.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to
require specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need
for specially designed instruction on the ER-1 form.
Check “yes” if the student’s disability continues to have an adverse effect on the student’s
educational performance.
Check “no” if the student’s disability does not continue to have an adverse effect on the student’s
educational performance.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to
require specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need
82
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-SDD Criteria for Disability Category: Significant Developmental Delay
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of significant
developmental delay as defined under PI 11.36 (11)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the
evaluation report. If this category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the
criteria on the evaluation report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student who has a significant developmental delay, go to the significant developmental delay webpage at the
Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Developmental Delay
Age: Is the student age 3 through 9 years old?
criteria for significant developmental delay.
Check if the student was not previously found to meet the disability category criteria for significant
developmental delay. The IEP team must complete all sections of this form.
Check if the student was previously found to meet the disability category criteria for significant
developmental delay. A student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this
category, but the disability must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in
order to be considered for specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team
consider all sections on this form, but only Section III is required.
All questions must be checked ”yes”.
Significant developmental delay means children ages 3 through 9 years of age who are experiencing
significant delays in the areas of physical, cognition, communication, social-emotional, or adaptive
development.”
Ages 3 through 9 is the statutory age limit allowable to identify a student
developmental delay.
83
Back to Table of Contents
Other suspected impairments: Have all other
suspected impairments been considered
before identifying the category of significant
developmental delay?
Significance of delays: Are delays of at least
1.5 standard deviations below the mean
present that significantly challenge the
student
in 2 or more of the following life
activities?
Physical activity in gross motor skills, such
as the ability to move around and interact
with the environment with appropriate
coordination, balance and strength; or fine
motor skills, such as manually controlling
and manipulating objects such as toys,
drawing utensils, and other useful objects in
the environment.
Cognitive activity, such as the ability to
acquire, use and retrieve information as
demonstrated by the level of imitation,
discrimination, representation, classification,
sequencing, and problem-solving skills often
observed in a student's play.
Communication activity in expressive
language, such as the production of age-
appropriate content, form and use of
language; or receptive language, such as
listening, receiving and understanding
language.
considered based on the referral and other concerns. The IEP team will then document why significant
developmental delay is the most appropriate. Note: Considering other suspected disability categories
does not mean to rule them out. There is no requirement to complete additional criteria forms as part
of the consideration of other suspected disability categories.
Delays are evidenced by administering a comprehensive developmental assessment or assessments
specific to the life activities.
A delay in the physical activity domain can be assessed by either or both gross or fine motor skills.
Physical activity can be assessed as a domain of a comprehensive developmental assessment or using
a specific test for physical activity administered by a qualified examiner per the publisher. Explain or
reference data or evidence.
Measuring a student’s cognition assesses
judgments about information. This includes thinking, reasoning, or remembering. IQ testing or rote
memorization, such as reciting the alphabet or identifying colors, are not tests of cognition for young
students. Cognition can be assessed as a domain of a comprehensive developmental assessment or
using a specific test for cognition administered by a qualified examiner per the publisher. Explain or
reference data or evidence.
Communication is both understanding and using words so that young students can gain skills to express
thoughts, feelings, and information. This also includes the ability to communicate needs and wants.
Communication can be measured as a domain of a comprehensive developmental assessment or using
a specific test for speech language administered by a qualified examiner per the publisher. Explain or
reference data or evidence.
84
Back to Table of Contents
Emotional activity such as the ability to feel
and express emotions and develop a positive
sense of oneself; or social activity, such as
interacting with people, developing
friendships with peers, and sustaining bonds
with family members and other significant
adults.
Adaptive activity, such as caring for their
own needs and acquiring independence in
age-
appropriate eating, toileting, dressing
and hygiene tasks.
The delays demonstrate an adverse effect on
the student
's daily life, including learning,
academic achievement or functional
performance.
Section II. Assessment Requirements
Are all of the following qualitative and
quantitative measures being used to
document delays and their detrimental effect
upon the student’s life?
Developmental and health history, including
results from vision and hearing screening and
other pertinent information from parents and,
if applicable, other caregivers or service
providers. Describe source of information.
in a developmentally appropriate way. Social and emotional activity can be measured as a domain of
a
development administered by a qualified examiner per the publisher. Explain or reference data or
evidence.
Adaptive activity can be measured as a domain of a comprehensive developmental assessment or using
a specific test for adaptive behaviors administered by a qualified examiner per the publisher. Explain
or reference data or evidence.
The IEP team should address each of the 5 developmental domains above and have identified at least
2 that have an adverse effect (measured at 1.5 standard deviation below the mean respectively) on the
student’s daily life activities. Explain or reference data or evidence.
All must be checked in order to check “yes.”
The IEP team uses all information, including both qualitative and quantitative to document the delays.
Note: Teams need to make sure there is not an overreliance on identifying standardized test scores as
the basis for eligibility determination.
The
screening. This can be provided by the parent, provided by other programs (such as Head Start or
childcare), or staff may have the parent sign a release to collect the vision and hearing screening results
from a physician, or other health care provider. Additionally, the district may administer the screening.
Note: asking a parent how well they think the student hears or sees, or if they have any concerns, are
NOT considered the actual results of a vision and hearing screening. It is optional if the district includes
a physical copy of the screenings and must document that the screening results were reviewed by the
team, as well as the source documented.
85
Back to Table of Contents
Observation of the student in their daily
living environment such as the student's
home, with a parent or caregiver, or an early
education or care setting which includes
peers who are typically developing. Include
dates and settings of observations.
Results from norm-
referenced instruments
were used to document significant delays of
at least 1.5 standard deviations below the
mean in 2 or more of the developmental areas
which correspond to the major life activities.
Describe source of information.
If it clearly was not appropriate to use norm-
referenced instruments, other instruments,
such as criterion referenced measures, were
used to document the significant delays.
If a norm-
referenced instrument was not
used, explain why:
Section III. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates the student is experiencing
significant delays in the areas of physical,
cognition, communication, social-
emotional, or adaptive development that
adversely affects the student's major life
activities. The student meets the disability
category criteria for significant
developmental delay.
The IEP team reviews the results of the norm-
developmental domains in which significant delays of at least 1.5 standard deviations below the mean
have been measured.
The norm-referenced assessment must at be attempted. The evaluator should use professional judgment
when deciding when to stop the testing due to lack of responses by the student. It is not the intent to
frustrate the student just to complete the test. The evaluator only needs to document the attempt of
administering the norm-referenced test, and then document if another type of assessment, whether that
be criterion referenced or play based, was used instead. If the evaluator still is not able to gather the
quantitative data, the IEP team should use the qualitative data that was collected for the comprehensive
evaluation. If this is the case, the team may want to include additional qualitative data.
How does the IEP team know that the student meets the criteria? Check “yes” if the team has collected,
discussed, and integrated the results from the norm-
observation(s), the developmental and health history, the vision and hearing screening results, and any
other information from the parent, caregivers, and other providers, to make a determination that delays
in the student’s development is having a detrimental effect in their daily life.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1.
86
Back to Table of Contents
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
The student was previously found to meet
the disability category criteria for
significant developmental delay and
continues to have a disability that adversely
affects the student’s educational
performance.
before continuing to identify the student’s disability category as significant developmental delay. A
student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to continue to be eligible for special education. Document the
need for specially designed instruction on the ER-1. Explain or reference data or evidence.
87
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-SLI Criteria for Disability Category: Speech or Language Impairment
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of speech or language
impairment as defined under PI 11.36 (5)(a)4, Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation
report. If this category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on
the evaluation report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student who has a speech or language impairment, go to the speech or language impairment webpage at the
Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
criteria for speech or language impairment.
Check if the student was not previously found eligible as meeting the disability category criteria for
speech or language impairment. The IEP team must complete the appropriate sections for I-V as well
as all of sections VI-IX.
Check if the student was previously found eligible as meeting the disability category criteria for speech
or language impairment. A student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this
category, but the disability must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in order
to be considered for specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team consider all
appropriate sections on this form, but the IEP team must complete sections VIII and IX.
Section I. Language
Not applicable
Yes/No
Following consideration of the student’s
age, culture, language background and
dialect, the student demonstrates a language
impairment in the area of language form,
content, or use.
production, phonology, voice, fluency.
Not applicable means no concerns with this area of communication. If one or more sections within
language are checked “no,” this section would be marked “no.” Data/evidence should be briefly shared
that support a “yes” or a “no”.
Must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of
language.
88
Back to Table of Contents
As evidenced through an observation in a
natural environment.
At least two of the following measurements
were used:
Language sample
Dynamic assessment
Criterion-referenced assessment, such as
developmental scales
Norm-referenced assessment** of
comprehensive language.
There is a delay in communication that
adversely impacts the student’s educational
performance or social, emotional or
vocational development.
Section II. Speech Sound Production -
Articulation
Not applicable
Yes/No
Following consideration of the student’s
age, culture, language background and
dialect, the student demonstrates a language
impairment in the area of language form,
content, or use.
As evidenced through an observation in a
natural environment.
school-age students the natural environment includes school.
Please explain or reference data for each measurement used.
Explain or reference data or evidence for all measurement boxes checked above. If norm-referenced
assessment was used, explain whether the student demonstrated a significant discrepancy.
If a norm-referenced assessment was used, explain whether the student demonstrated a significant
discrepancy. For further clarification of the term “significant discrepancy,” please review the
significant discrepancy and consideration of speech or language impairment webpage at the Wisconsin
Department of Public Instruction.
Must be checked “yes” to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of language.
Data/evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no.”
Documentation of this impact cannot indicate that it “may” occur. IEP teams must report impact on
educational performance in the classroom, which includes academic tasks, social-
vocational development.
For initial evaluations: one or more of the first five areas must be addressed: language, speech sound
production, phonology, voice, fluency.
Not applicable means no concerns with this area of communication. If one or more sections within
Speech are checked “no,” this section would be marked “no.” Data/evidence should be briefly shared
that support a “yes” or a “no”.
Must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for Speech or Language Impairment in the area of
speech sound production.
The speech-language pathologist must conduct an observation in a natural environment. For school-
age students the natural environment includes school.
89
Back to Table of Contents
At least one of the following measurements
was used:
Criterion-referenced assessment, such as
a developmental scale or phonetic
inventory.
Norm-referenced assessment**
The student’s intelligibility is below the
expected range for their age. Intelligibility
ratings as documented by school staff or
caregivers indicate an impact across
environments.
The student is less than 30% stimulable for
speech sounds found in error.
There is a delay in communication that
adversely impacts the student’s educational
performance or social, emotional or
vocational development.
Section III. Speech Sound Production –
Phonology
Not applicable
Yes/No
Following consideration of the student’s
age, culture, language background and
dialect, the student demonstrates a language
impairment in the area of language form,
content, or use.
As evidenced through an observation in a
natural environment.
If a norm-referenced assessment was used, explain whether the student demonstrated a significant
discrepancy. For further clarification of the term “significant discrepancy,” please review the
significant discrepancy and consideration of speech or language impairment webpage at the Wisconsin
Department of Public Instruction.
Must be checked “yes” in order to find the student meets criteria for speech or language impairment in
the area of speech sound production. If checked “no,” data/evidence should be briefly shared that
support a “yes” or a “no.”
Must be checked “yes in order to find the student meets criteria for speech or language impairment in
the area of speech sound production. If checked “no,” data/evidence should be briefly shared that
support a “yes” or a “no.”
Must be checked “yes in order to find the student meets criteria for speech or language impairment in
the area of speech sound production. If checked “no,” data/evidence should be briefly shared that
support a “yes” or a “no.”
For initial evaluations: one or more of the first five areas must be addressed: language, speech sound
production, phonology, voice, fluency.
Not applicable means no concerns with this area of communication. If one or more sections within
Speech are checked “no”, this section would be marked “no”. Data/evidence should be briefly shared
that support a “yes” or a “no.”
Must be checked “yesin order to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of
speech sound phonology.
The speech-language pathologist must conduct an observation in a natural environment. For school-
90
Back to Table of Contents
At least one of the following measurements
was used:
Presence of one of more disordered
phonological processes occurring at
least 40%.
Norm-referenced assessment of
phonology
The student’s intelligibility is below the
expected range for their age and not due to
influences of home languages or dialect.
Intelligibility ratings as documented by
school staff or caregivers indicate an impact
across environments.
There is a delay in communication that
adversely impacts the student’s educational
performance or social, emotional, or
vocational development.
Section IV. Voice
Not applicable
Yes/No
There is documentation of a vocal
impairment not due to temporary physical
factors (such as allergies, short-term vocal
abuse or puberty) and not due to an acute
respiratory virus or infection.
For further clarification of the term “significant discrepancy,” please review the significant discrepancy
and consideration of speech or language impairment webpage at the Wisconsin Department of Public
Instruction.
Must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of
phonology. Data/evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no.”
Must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of
phonology. Data/evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no.”
Documentation of this impact cannot indicate that it “may” occur. IEP teams must report impact on
educational performance in the classroom, which includes academic tasks, social-
vocational development.
For initial evaluations: one or more of the first five areas must be addressed: language, speech sound
production, phonology, voice, fluency.
Not applicable means no concerns with this area of communication. If one or more sections within
Speech are checked “no,” this section would be marked “no”. Data/evidence should be briefly shared
that support a “yes” or a “no.”
Must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of
voice.
Please explain or reference data for each measurement used.
91
Back to Table of Contents
As evidenced through an observation in a
natural environment
Following consideration of the student’s
age, culture, language background, or
dialect, the student demonstrates
characteristics of a voice impairment, which
include any of the following (must check at
least one):
The student’s vocal volume, including
loudness.
The student’s vocal pitch, including
range, inflection, or appropriateness.
The student’s vocal quality, including
breathiness, hoarseness, or harshness.
The student’s vocal resonance,
including hypernasality.
This impairment in communication
adversely impacts the student’s educational
performance or social, emotional or
vocational development.
Section V. Fluency
Not applicable
Yes/No
age students the natural environment includes school.
At least one item must be checked in order to answer “yes” to be considered for speech or language
impairment in the area of voice. Data/evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a
“no.”
Must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of
voice. Data/evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no.”
Documentation of this impact cannot indicate that it “may” occur. IEP teams must report impact on
educational performance in the classroom, which includes academic tasks, social-
vocational development.
For initial evaluations: one or more of the first five areas must be addressed: language, speech sound
production, phonology, voice, fluency.
Not applicable means no concerns with this area of communication.
Must be checked “yes” in order to be considered for speech or language impairment in the area of
fluency. Data/evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no.”
92
Back to Table of Contents
Following consideration of the student’s
age, language background, culture, and
dialect, the student has speaking behaviors
characteristic of a fluency disorder.
At least one of the following measurements
was used:
Observation in a natural environment
Case history
Norm-referenced assessment
Disfluency analysis
Explain or reference data or evidence for all
measurement boxes checked above. If a
norm-referenced assessment was used,
explain whether the student demonstrated a
significant discrepancy.
The presence of one or more of the
following characteristics indicates a fluency
disorder :
Speech disfluencies
Speech rate
environment, norm-referenced assessment or disfluency analysis, and result in evidence of atypical
fluency.
Check all that apply; at least one must be checked.
The speech-language pathologist SLP must conduct an observation in a natural environment.
For further clarification of the term “significant discrepancy,” please review the significant discrepancy
and consideration of speech or language impairment webpage at the Wisconsin Department of Public
Instruction.
Check all that apply; at least one must be checked in order to be considered for speech or language
impairment in the area of fluency. Data/evidence should be briefly shared.
Speech disfluencies associated with stuttering or atypical disfluency, which include repetitions of
phrases, words, syllables, and sounds or dysrhythmic phonations such as prolongations of sounds or
blockages of airflow typically in excess of 2% of total syllables, one second of duration, and two or
more iterations in a repetition. Non-verbal physical movements, such as eye blinking or head jerking,
may accompany the stuttering. Negative feelings about oral communication may be significant enough
to result in avoidance behaviors in an attempt to hide or diminish stuttering.
A speech rate that is documented to be rapid, irregular, or both and may be accompanied by sound or
syllable omissions, sequencing errors, or a high number of non-stuttering speech disfluencies such as
interjections, phrase and whole word repetitions, and revisions. The resulting speech fluency pattern is
considered to be significantly disruptive to efficient communication. Negative feelings and attitudes
about oral communication may or may not be present under this disfluency profile.
93
Back to Table of Contents
This impairment in communication
adversely impacts the student’s educational
performance or social, emotional, or
vocational development.
Section VI. Augmentative and Alternative
Communication (AAC)
Section VII. Exclusionary Factors
The IEP may not identify a speech or
language impairment when differences in
speech or language are based on home
languages, culture, or dialect unless the
student has a speech or language
impairment within the student’s home
languages, culture or dialect.
Section VIII. Documentation of Required
IEP Team Members
A speech-language pathologist was an IEP
team participant and attended IEP meetings
when the team discussed identification
eligibility of for a speech or language
impairment or identified the student’s
speech or language needs (or both).
fluency. Data/evidence should be briefly shared that support a “yes” or a “no.”
Documentation of this impact cannot indicate that it “may” occur. IEP teams must report impact on
performance in the classroom, which includes academic tasks, social-
development.
This prompt would be marked “N/A” unless the student required an alternate means of assessment.
effectively communicate with others without AAC?
Check “yes” if exclusionary factors apply. If “yes,” list exclusionary factors present (i.e., differences
in speech or language are based on home languages, culture, or dialect).
In determining whether the student has a speech or language impairment, the IEP team must consider
the following: the student’s background knowledge, stage of language acquisition, experience with
narratives, and exposure to vocabulary to discern speech or language ability from speech or language
behavioral expectations.
Based on information and data collected, the IEP team must determine whether the student’s speech or
language skills are a result of a speech or language impairment or a difference due to culture, language
background, or dialect.
Complete this section for both initial evaluations and reevaluations.
Must be checked “yes.” A speech-language pathologist is a required IEP team member when speech
or language impairment is being considered as part of an initial evaluation or reevaluation.
94
Back to Table of Contents
An educator with foundational knowledge in
first and second language instruction and
second language acquisition if the student is
identified as an English Learner.
Yes/No/Not Applicable.
Section IX. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates an impairment of speech or
sound production, voice, fluency, or
language that adversely affects educational
performance or social, emotional or
vocational development. The student meets
the disability category criteria for Speech or
Language Impairment
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
The student was previously found to meet
the disability category criteria for speech or
language impairment and continues to have
a disability that adversely affects the
student’s educational performance or social,
emotional, or vocational development.
as Second Language) teacher be an IEP team member. However, the speech-language pathologist may
fulfill the role outlined formally in the rule, as speech-lang
knowledge in first and second language instruction and second language acquisition. Students are not
designated as EL until kindergarten and therefore ESL teachers are not required to support preschool
students who are potentially English Learners. Speech-language pathologists would fill this role during
the IEP meeting in this situation.
Must meet all criteria in at least one section (I-V) and have no exclusionary factors in order to check
yes. A student may meet all criteria in more than one section.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1.
A student who previously met criteria for the disability category of speech or language impairment is
not required to meet initial identification criteria upon reevaluation.
A speech-language pathologist must be an IEP team member during a reevaluation.
The IEP team does not have to consider or complete the initial criteria prompts during a reevaluation
(although they may, and best practice might be to do so). If the prompts above are not completed,
provide justification as to how the student’s disability continues to adversely affect the student’s
educational performance. Consider and document the continued need for specially designed instruction
95
Back to Table of Contents
ER-1-TBI Criteria for Disability Category: Traumatic Brain Injury
This form is used in conjunction with the evaluation report (Form ER-1) as part of a comprehensive special education evaluation. This form documents
the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team’s consideration of whether a student meets criteria for the disability category of traumatic brain injury
as defined under PI 11.36 (9)(a), Wis. Admin. Code. If a student meets criteria, the IEP team must attach the criteria form to the evaluation report. If this
category is considered and rejected, the team must document the process by either 1) explaining how a student did not meet the criteria on the evaluation
report or 2) attaching this criteria form to the evaluation report.
For more information on how to identify a student with a traumatic brain injury, go to the traumatic brain injury webpage at the Wisconsin Department
of Public Instruction.
FORM CONTENT
Date form completed
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
Section I. Traumatic Brain Injury
Does the student have an acquired injury to
the brain that occurred following a period of
normal development?
If medical information from a licensed
physician is available, it was considered by
the IEP team.
criteria for traumatic brain injury.
Check if the student was not previously found eligible as meeting the disability category criteria for
traumatic brain injury. The IEP team must complete all sections of this form.
Check if the student was previously found eligible as meeting the disability category criteria for
traumatic brain injury. A student is not required to meet initial criteria during a reevaluation for this
category, but the disability must continue to have an adverse effect on education performance in
order to be considered for specially designed instruction. It is recommended that the IEP team
consider all sections on this form, but only Section IV is required.
Must be checked “yes” in order to meet disability category criteria for traumatic brain injury.
The acquired injury may not be due to congenital causes (such as PKU or Down Syndrome) or
degenerative causes (such as Multiple Sclerosis or Muscular Dystrophy) or induced by birth trauma
(such as a perinatal stroke). Students whose educational performance is adversely affected as a result
of acquired injuries to the brain caused by internal occurrences, such as vascular accidents,
infections, anoxia, tumors, metabolic disorders and the effects of toxic substances or degenerative
conditions may meet the criteria of one of the other disability categories.
If available, the IEP team must consider it.
Note: it is not required in order for a student to meet disability category criteria for traumatic brain
96
Back to Table of Contents
Describe the nature of the acquired injury
and source(s) of evidence.
Was the student’s acquired brain injury
caused by an external physical force from a
strike or blow to the head or from movement
of the brain within the skull?
Section II. Educational Performance
Is the student’s educational performance
adversely affected due to total or partial
functional disability or psychosocial
impairment, or both, in one or more of the
following areas? If yes, check ALL areas
that apply:
Cognition
Speech and Language
Memory
Attention
Reasoning
Abstract Thinking
Communication
Judgment
Problem Solving
Sensory, Perceptual, and Motor Abilities
Physical Functions
Information Processing
Psychosocial Behavior (psychological or
social functioning)
Executive Functions (e.g., organizing,
evaluating, and goal-directed activities)
Section III. Exclusionary Factors
The student does not have a brain injury that
is congenital or degenerative, or a brain
injury induced by birth trauma.
brain, or whiplash to the head.
Must be checked “yes” in order to meet disability category criteria for traumatic brain injury.
In other words, is the student’s educational performance in one or more of the areas below partially
or totally affected by the acquired brain injury? When examining the student’s educational
performance, consider both academic and nonacademic skills and progress.
Note: Standardized and norm-referenced testing instruments used to evaluate and identify a student
with traumatic brain injury may not be valid or reliable. Alternative means of evaluation should be
considered such as achievement assessments, observation, work samples, and criterion referenced
assessment. The use of multiple assessment measures can help increase the validity or reliability of
the identification of a student with a traumatic brain injury.
Check to indicate the student does not have a brain injury that is congenital or degenerative, or a
brain injury induced by birth trauma.
97
Back to Table of Contents
Section IV. Disability Category Criteria
Determination
Initial evaluation or considering new
disability category
The documentation of the criteria above
demonstrates an acquired injury to the brain
caused by an external physical force
resulting in total or partial functional
disability or psychosocial impairment, or
both, that adversely affects the student’s
educational performance. The student meets
the eligibility criteria for the disability
category of traumatic brain injury.
Reevaluating category for continuing
identification
The student was previously found to meet
the disability category criteria for traumatic
brain injury and continues to have a
disability that adversely affects the student’s
educational performance.
All three sections need to be checked “yes.” The exclusionary factors box also needs to be checked.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to
require specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need
for specially designed instruction on the ER-1.
A student who previously met criteria for the disability category of traumatic brain injury is not
required to meet initial identification criteria upon reevaluation.
A student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1. Explain or reference data or evidence.
98
Back to Table of Contents
ER-2A Documentation for Specific Learning Disability (SLD) – Initial Evaluation
Form ER-2Ais used only for initial SLD eligibility decisions for all enrolled public-school students.
FORM CONTENT
Date of Eligibility Determination
34 CFR §§ 300.301 and 300.309; Wis. Stat.
§ 115.78.
Documentation of eligibility
34 CFR §§ 300.306-307 and 300.309-311;
Wis. Stat. § 115.782).
with a disability.
In the case of an initial evaluation or a reevaluation,
determination within 60 calendar days of receiving parent consent for administering tests and other
evaluation materials (see form IE-3 or RE-5) or
assessments are needed (see form IE-2 or RE-4).
There are three exceptions to the 60-calendar-
situations in which (1) the parent of a student repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the student for the
evaluation; (2) a student enrolls in a school of another LEA after the 60-calendar-day timeline has
begun, but prior to a determination of eligibility or continuing eligibility by the student’s previous
LEA, sufficient progress is being made to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent
and district agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed (see form M-2); or (3) there
is a written agreement with the parent to extend the timeline to complete the initial evaluation of a
student suspected of having a specific learning disability (see form M-3).
The date of eligibility determination also begins the 30-calendar-day timeline within which the IEP
team must meet to develop an IEP and determine a student’s placement.
These forms provide prompts to ensure IEP teams address all state and federal SLD eligibility criteria
requirements. Additional guidance regarding SLD eligibility criteria is available at
http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/program/specific-learning-disabilities.
1. Insufficient Progress 34 CFR §§ 300.307,
300.309, and 300.311.
Check “No” if the student did not meet this criterion in any area.
If “Yes”, check each area considered in which the student was found to meet this criterion in the Data
Used to Support Insufficient Progress Determination chart. Then check the decision rule that applied
to the analysis of progress monitoring data leading to the finding that the student met the criterion.
99
Back to Table of Contents
The instructional strategies used with the
student, including intensive intervention,
were applied in a manner highly
consistent…
The student’s parents were informed about
the amount and nature….
Additional Notes (if any):
2. Inadequate Classroom Achievement
34 CFR §§ 300.309 and 300.310.
SRBIs. Supporting documentation, such as data graphs, may be attached. Documentation must be
sufficient to support the decision rule checked. For example, it would be appropriate to include a chart
of baseline and weekly data points with a normative comparison line showing the gap between the
student’s growth and expected rates for same age/grade peers. Additional information may be provided
here or below in “additional notes” to explain why the decision rule applied. An example would be to
provide a brief explanation of why growth may be the same or greater, but the student was found to
meet the criterion.
The box must be checked to ensure compliance with these requirements. IEP teams may wish to
document the dates and methods of informing the parents. IEP teams may document the interventions
provided on the ER-1 under “Previous interventions and the effects of those interventions” or in the
“Additional Notes “section below.
The box must be checked to ensure compliance with this requirement. IEP teams may wish to add
information about the particular interventions used including names of interventions, dates used, etc.,
if not documented elsewhere in the report. Districts should put systems in place to ensure SRBIs and
Progress Monitoring data meet the standards in the rule whenever the data will be used to make an
SLD eligibility decision. Information should be made available to the team as needed to document
SRBIs were appropriately implemented prior to the IEP team evaluation meeting. This information can
also be included in the “Additional Notes “section below.
If not included in other sections, the IEP team may wish to include other information such as the
specific SRBIs and progress monitoring probes used, descriptions of student’s relative performance
during the first and second interventions, how the student’s performance during intervention compared
to classroom performance in the same areas, etc.
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” if the student scores at or below the 1.25 SD cut score
in any area (81.25 on tests with a mean of 100 and SD of 15). If the test has a mean other than 100 use
the SD for the test and determine the cut score. Check each area in which the student met this criterion:
Oral Expression, Basic Reading Skill, Mathematics Calculation, Listening Comprehension, Reading
Comprehension, Mathematics Problem Solving, Written Expression, and Reading
Check “No” if the student scores above the 1.25 SD cut score (Note: The IEP team may consider scores
criterion, if the IEP team determines the student meets all other criteria). Academic achievement scores
must correspond to the area(s) of achievement under consideration.
100
Back to Table of Contents
Data Used To Support Determination:
If the 1.25 standard deviation (SD)
requirement was not used:…
Additional Notes (if any):
3. Exclusionary Factors DO NOT apply.
34 CFR §§ 300.309 and 300.310.
Additional Considerations (complete
whether or not an exclusionary factor
applies)The IEP team considered:
Data demonstrating, prior to or as part of
the evaluation, the student was or was not
provided appropriate instruction.
summary of the data. This minimally includes the names of tests/subtests and the student’s standard
scores. Additional information may be appropriate to include, such as percentile scores, score ranges,
etc. It could also be appropriate to attach the student's test score printout or score chart generated from
the test’s computer scoring software and note, “see attached scores.” Provide additional information if
the printout does not include sufficient information for the reader to determine if the student did or did
not meet the cut score as per the SLD rule. Including additional summary information such as area(s)
of concern in which the student’s scores fell above the cut score is recommended.
This section must be completed if the IEP team did not use the 1.25 cut score requirement for one or
more of the areas of concern. A brief explanation supporting why a valid score could not be obtained
is required (For example: Despite several attempts on different days, the student did not maintain
sufficient attention during testing to complete the items according to test administration directions). In
inadequate achievement (relative to same age peers) in the area(s) and specify the alternate empirical
data used to support the decision. State test scores and anecdotal teacher reports are not sufficient.
This section is optional. Any additional notes regarding the student’s performance on the standardized
achievement test(s) may be added, such as relative strengths and weaknesses, comparison to observed
classroom achievement, etc.
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” if no exclusionary factors apply, or check “No” if one
or more factors apply. If “No,” check the factor(s) that apply in the list provided on the form.
The following items must be completed in all cases, whether or not “No” is checked. The IEP team
may wish to add additional descriptive information. We suggest documenting additional information
if any exclusionary factor is found to apply and the student will therefore not meet criteria.
optional but may be useful to support IEP team decisions. The IEP team may wish to provide a
summary of the general education instruction provided, particularly if the appropriate instruction
exclusionary factor applies. This information can also be included in the “Additional Notes” section
below.
101
Back to Table of Contents
Evidence the student received repeated
assessments of achievement reflecting
student progress.
The student’s parents were informed of such
assessments.
Additional Notes (if any):
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
REQUIRED WHEN STUDENT IS
EVALUATED FOR SLD:
34 CFR §§ 300.309, 300.310, and 300.310.
Relevant behavior noted during observation
of the student…
Educationally relevant medical findings
summary of ongoing general education assessments provided as part of general education instruction
if not included elsewhere. This information can also be included in the “Additional Notes “section
below.
optional but may be useful to support IEP team decisions. The IEP team may wish to include how the
parents were informed of the results of on-going general education assessment as part of appropriate
instruction if not addressed earlier. This item may also be addressed in the prior section on Insufficient
Progress.
regarding potential exclusionary factors that may be relevant whether or not the student met this
criterion. For example, the effect of having English as a second language or cultural differences of a
recent immigrant may be relevant. Elaboration is recommended if any exclusionary factor is found to
apply, and the student will therefore not meet criteria.
This section must be completed. The IEP team should summarize the observation data collected during
the two required observations (or more if student was observed in more than two settings): during
general education classroom instruction and during at least one of the required SRBIs. The information
should be specific to how the student performed in the area(s) of achievement concern when observed.
Information comparing the student’s observed learning behavior to other students in the class can be
helpful.
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” OR “No” as appropriate. If “Yes” is checked, additional
information is required. The IEP team should summarize the relevant medical findings and their effect
on the student’s achievement, particularly in the area(s) of concern.
102
Back to Table of Contents
SUMMARY OF ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
CONSIDERATION
34 CFR §§ 300.304 and 300.311.
The IEP team decision of whether the
student has a specific learning disability was
based on information from a variety of
sources and not on any single measure or
assessment as the sole criterion:
DISABILITY CATEGORY
DETERMINATION
Each IEP team participant must sign….
Additional Notes (if any):
of specific learning disability (SLD). If any item is marked "No”, the student does not meet eligibility
criteria for the disability category of SLD. Prompts for additional information must be completed as
appropriate. If such information is addressed elsewhere in the IEP team evaluation report, please
reference where the information can be found. If there are more areas of concern, add rows to the chart.
The box must be checked to ensure compliance with this requirement. When determining whether a
student has a specific learning disability, the IEP team must base its decision on information from a
variety of sources and not on any single measure or assessment as the sole criterion.
Check “yes” if the documentation of the criteria above demonstrates the student meets the disability
category criteria for specific learning disability. A student whose disability has an adverse effect on
educational performance must be found to require specially designed instruction in order to be eligible
for special education. Document the need for specially designed instruction on the ER-1.
Each IEP team participant, including the parents, signs the form and indicates if they agree with the
team’s conclusion about whether or not the student has a specific learning disability. If any IEP team
participant, including the parent, does not agree with the team’s conclusions, then they must also attach
a statement reflecting their conclusions. If a parent disagrees with the conclusions of the team and
refuses to submit a statement, the LEA cannot compel the parent to do so. The LEA may summarize
the parent’s position in writing and indicate the parent refused to submit a separate statement.
The IEP team may wish to include additional information relevant to the eligibility decision here, if
not included elsewhere. It may be particularly appropriate to include additional information if the
student was not found to meet eligibility criteria to explain why the student was not found eligible and
103
Back to Table of Contents
ER-2B Documentation for Specific Learning Disability (SLD) – Reevaluation
Form ER-2B is used only when a student is being reevaluated in the area of Specific Learning Disabilities (SLD). This form is used for reevaluations of
students previously found to meet disability category criteria for SLD. If a student was not already identified as having SLD at the time of the reevaluation,
and SLD will be considered for the first time, the IEP team should use form ER-2A to document the SLD eligibility decision.
All sections and items on this form must be completed. Check each statement with “Yes” or “No” and provide addition supporting information as noted.
FORM CONTENT
Date of Eligibility Determination
34 CFR § 300.306 and 300.309-
311; Wis.
Stat. § 115.782.
Information specific to reevaluations
with a disability.
In the case of an initial evaluation or a reevaluation the IEP team must make the eligibility
determination within 60 calendar days of receiving parent consent for administering tests and other
evaluation materials, (see form IE-3 or RE-
assessments are needed (see form IE-2 or RE-4).
There are three exceptions to the 60-calendar-
situations when (1) the parent of a student repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the student for the
evaluation; (2) a student enrolls in a school of another LEA after the 60-calendar-day timeline has
begun, but prior to a determination of eligibility or continuing eligibility by the student’s previous
LEA, sufficient progress is being made to ensure a prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent
and district agree to a specific time when the evaluation will be completed (see form M-2); or (3) there
is a written agreement with the parent to extend the timeline to complete the initial evaluation of a
student suspected of having a specific learning disability (see form M-3).
The date of eligibility determination also begins the 30-calendar-day timeline within which the IEP
team must meet to develop an IEP and determine a student’s placement.
A student who met initial SLD identification criteria and continues to demonstrate a need for special
education, including specially designed instruction, is a student with a continuing disability unless the
exclusionary factors now apply. If the student no longer needs special education to address needs
resulting from impairment, then the student is no longer a student with a disability under Ch. 115, Wis.
Stat., and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). A student continues to be a student
with the impairment of specific learning disability (SLD) who needs special education if all items are
marked "YES." If information is addressed elsewhere in the IEP team evaluation report, please
104
Back to Table of Contents
CONSIDERATION OF EXIT
CRITERIA.
34 CFR §§ 300.309; and 300.311.
The student was previously found eligible
as having the impairment of SLD.
The student does not perform to generally
accepted expectations….
The student continues to need special
education to address needs resulting from
the impairment of SLD.
Reason for determination including data
used (document on model forms ER-1
Evaluation Report or explain below):
CONSIDERATION OF EXCLUSIONARY
FACTORS
34 CFR §§ 300.309 and 300.311.
Additional Notes (if any):
A box must be checked. The date of determination of previous SLD eligibility may be added here. This
information can also be included in the “Additional Notes “section below.
A box must be checked. The IEP team may wish to include additional information to establish the
extent to which the student is meeting general education classroom expectations without specially
designed instruction. Examples may include results from assessments of classroom achievement;
formal and informal progress data; systematic observation; measures of progress on IEP goals; and
summaries of the student’s use of accommodations, supports in general education,
designed instruction needed by the student. Discussion of student performance in relation to same grade
peers may be included. This information can be included in the “Additional Notes “section below.
A box must be checked. The IEP team may wish to provide data about student needs that require
specially designed instruction, aids and supports for the student to maintain a reasonable rate of
academic progress. Examples may include a summary of the student’s success or lack of success in
general education classes without additional instruction, such as pre-teaching/re-
supplemental specially designed instruction, and evidence of need for specific accommodations and
supports to complete general e
“Additional Notes” section below.
This section must be completed. If information is provided elsewhere on this form or in the evaluation
report (such as on sample form ER-1 Evaluation Report) a reference to where the information is
provided should be noted here.
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” if no exclusionary factors apply, or check “No” if one
or more factors apply. If “No”, check the factor(s) that apply in the list on the form.
This section is optional. Data may be included to support the IEP team decision about whether or not
one or more exclusionary factors apply.
105
Back to Table of Contents
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
REQUIRED WHEN STUDENT IS
EVALUATED FOR SLD
34 CFR §§ 300.309, 300.310, and 300.311.
Relevant behavior noted during observation
of the student…
Educationally relevant medical findings
DISABILITY CATEGORY
DETERMINATION
Each IEP team participant must
sign….Additional Notes (if any):
This section must be completed. The IEP team should summarize the observation data collected during
the two required observations (or more if student was observed in more than two settings): during
general education classroom instruction and during at least one of the required SRBIs. The information
should be specific to how the student performed in the area(s) of achievement concern when observed.
Information comparing the student’s observed learning behavior to other students in the class can be
helpful.
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” OR “No” as appropriate. If “Yes” is checked, additional
information is required. The IEP team should summarize the relevant medical findings and their effect
on the student’s achievement, particularly in the area(s) of concern.
Check “yes” The student was previously found eligible as meeting the disability category criteria for
educational performance. A student who previously met criteria under the disability category of
specific learning disability is not required to meet initial identification criteria upon reevaluation. A
student whose disability has an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require
specially designed instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for
specially designed instruction on the ER-1.
Each IEP team participant, including the parents, signs the form and indicates if they agree with the
team’s conclusion about whether or not the student has a specific learning disability. If any IEP team
participant, including the parent, does not agree with the team’s conclusions, then they must also attach
a statement reflecting their conclusions. If a parent disagrees with the conclusions of the team and
refuses to submit a statement, the LEA cannot compel the parent to do so. The LEA may summarize
the parent’s position in writing and indicate the parent refused to submit a separate statement.
The IEP team may wish to include additional information relevant to the eligibility decision here, if
not included elsewhere. It may be particularly appropriate to include additional information if the
student was not found to meet eligibility criteria to explain why the student was not found eligible and
106
Back to Table of Contents
ER-2C Documentation for Specific Learning Disability (SLD) Initial Evaluation Using Significant Discrepancy When Evaluating Private-
School or Home-Based Private Education Students.
Significant discrepancy cannot be used to evaluate a student attending a public school, including a public charter school. Significant discrepancy may be
used, but is not required, for initial evaluations of parentally placed private school students and students enrolled in home-based private education
(homeschool).
A parent of a student attending a private school or participating in a home-based private educational program may request the use of significant
discrepancy. Upon such request, the IEP team must consider whether use of significant discrepancy to evaluate the student is feasible. If the IEP team
determines that it is not feasible to use significant discrepancy, the reason for that determination must be provided to the parent in writing.
If significant discrepancy is used, this form is required. Scientific Research-Based Interventions (SRBIs) cannot be required for these students. IEP teams
may use progress monitoring data collected during SRBIs to analyze the insufficient progress criterion for such students if the data collected otherwise
meets the standards in the SLD rule (i.e., data from probes collected at least weekly during two SRBIs implemented with fidelity). In this case, the IEP
team would document eligibility using form ER-2A. 34 CFR § 300.307.
If #1, #2, and #3 are marked “YES", the student meets the disability category criteria for specific learning disability (SLD). If any item is marked "No”,
the student does not meet the disability category criteria for SLD. Prompts for additional information must be completed as appropriate. If such
information is addressed elsewhere in the IEP team evaluation report, please reference where the information can be found.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of Eligibility Determination
34 CFR §§ 300.306 and 300.309-311; Wis.
Stat. § 115.782.
Enter the date the IEP team meets and determines whether the student is or continues to be
a student with a disability.
In the case of an initial evaluation or a reevaluation the IEP team must make the eligibility
determination within 60 calendar days of receiving parent consent for administering tests
and other evaluation materials (see form IE-3 or RE-5) or providing the parent notice that
no additional assessments are needed (see form IE-2 or RE-4).
107
Back to Table of Contents
There are three exceptions to the 60-calendar-day evaluation timeline. The exceptions
include situations when (1) the parent of a student repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the
student for the evaluation; (2) a student enrolls in a school of another LEA after the 60-
calendar-day timeline has begun, but prior to a determination of eligibility or continuing
eligibility by the student’s previous LEA, sufficient progress is being made to ensure a
prompt completion of the evaluation, and the parent and district agree to a specific time when
the evaluation will be completed (see form M-2); or (3) there is a written agreement with the
parent to extend the timeline to complete the initial evaluation of a student suspected of
having a specific learning disability (see form M-3).
The date of eligibility determination also begins the 30-calendar-day timeline within which
the IEP team must meet to develop an IEP and determine a student’s placement.
DOCUMENTATION OF ELIGIBILITY
1. Insufficient Progress
Data Used to Support Determination
34 CFR §§ 300.307, 300.309, and 300.311.
If the regression formula was not used to
make this determination
Additional Notes (if any):
“Yes” or “No” must be checked. If “Yes” check any area(s) that apply.
This section must be completed. Include the test name(s) and test/subtest scores from the
individually administered standardized assessments of academic achievement and cognitive
ability used for the regression analysis. Academic achievement scores must directly
correspond to the area or areas of achievement addressed during the evaluation. The same
achievement scores may be used to determine inadequate classroom achievement (above)
and achievement portion of this criterion when using the significant discrepancy analysis.
This section must be completed if the regression formula is not used. The IEP team may
include other factors such as test behavior, language proficiency, another interfering
impairment or the absence of a valid, reliable test for the student's age to document why the
regression procedure was not used. Other empirical evidence that may be used to establish
a variable pattern of achievement includes curriculum-based measures (CBMs), portfolios,
grading rubrics, district-developed formative grade level assessments, criterion-based
assessments, classroom assessments, statewide or district assessments, student work
products, and other informal indicators of achievement.
This section is optional. Any additional notes regarding the student’s performance on the
standardized cognitive ability or achievement test(s) may be added, such as student specific
factors that may have affected performance and relative strengths and weaknesses that may
be relevant for instructional planning.
108
Back to Table of Contents
2. Inadequate Classroom Achievement
34 CFR §§ 300.309 and 300.310.
Data Used to Support Determination:
Additional Notes (if any):
Exclusionary Factors DO NOT apply.
34 CFR §§ 300.306-307, 300.309, and
300.310.
Additional Considerations (complete
whether or not an exclusionary factor
applies)The IEP team considered:
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” if the student scores at or below the 1.25 SD
cut score in any area (81.25 on tests with a mean of 100 and SD of 15). If the test has a mean
other than 100 use the SD for the test and determine the cut score. Check each area in which
the student met criterion: Oral Expression, Basic Reading Skill, Mathematics Calculation,
Listening Comprehension, Reading Comprehension, Mathematics Problem Solving, Written
Expression, and Reading Fluency Skills. Check “No” if the student scores above the 1.25
SD cut score (Note: The IEP team may consider scores within 1 standard error of the 1.25
SD cut score to meet the inadequate classroom achievement criterion, if the IEP team
determines the student meets all other criteria). Aca
demic achievement scores must
correspond to the area(s) of achievement under consideration.
This section must be completed, whether the student did or did not meet this criterion.
Provide a summary of the data. This minimally includes the names of tests/subtests and the
student’s standard scores. Additional information may be appropriate to include, such as
percentile scores, score ranges, etc. It could also be appropriate to attach the student's test
score printout or score chart generated from the test’s computer scoring software and note,
“see attached scores.” Provide additional information if
the printout does not include
sufficient information for the reader to determine if the student did or did not meet the cut
score as per the SLD rule. Including additional summary information, such as area(s) of
concern in which the student’s scores fell above the cut score, is recommended.
This section is optional. Any additional notes regarding the student’s performance on the
standardized achievement test(s) may be added, such as relative strengths and weaknesses,
comparison to observed classroom achievement, etc.
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” if no exclusionary factors apply, or check
“No” if one or more factors apply. If “No”, check the factor(s) that apply in the list provided
on the form.
The following items must be completed in all cases regardless of whether or not the
exclusionary factor applies. The IEP team may wish to add additional descriptive
information. Elaboration is recommended if any exclusionary factor is found to apply, and
the student will therefore not meet criteria.
109
Back to Table of Contents
Data demonstrating, prior to or as part of
the evaluation, the student was or was not
provided appropriate instruction.
Evidence the student received repeated
assessments of achievement reflecting
student progress.
The student’s parents were informed of such
assessments.
Additional Notes (if any):
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
REQUIRED WHEN STUDENT IS
EVALUATED FOR SLD
34 CFR §§ 300.307 and 300.311.
Educationally relevant medical findings
The box must be checked to ensure compliance with this requirement. Additional description
is optional but may be useful to support IEP team decisions. The IEP team may wish to
provide a summary of the general education instruction provided, particularly i
f the
appropriate instruction exclusionary factor applies. This information can also be included in
the “Additional Notes “section below.
The box must be checked to ensure compliance with this requirement. Additional description
is optional but may be useful to support IEP team decisions. The IEP team may wish to
include a summary of ongoing general education assessments provided as part of general
education instruction if not included elsewhere. This information can also be included in the
“Additional Notes “section below.
The box must be checked to ensure compliance with this requirement. Additional description
is optional but may be useful to support IEP team decisions. The IEP team may wish to
include how the parents were informed of the results of on-going general education
assessment as part of appropriate instruction if not addressed earlier. This information can
also be included in the “Additional Notes “section below.
This section is optional. The IEP team may wish to provide a summary of information
discussed regarding potential exclusionary factors that may be relevant whether or not the
student met this criterion. For example, the effect of having English as a second language or
cultural differences of a recent immigrant may be relevant. Elaboration is recommended if
any exclusionary factor is found to apply, and the student will therefore not meet criteria.
This section must be completed in all cases. The IEP team should summarize the observation
data collected during the observation of routine classroom instruction. An observation during
intensive scientific research-based or evidence-based intervention is n
ot required, as
intensive intervention cannot be required of parentally-placed private school or home-
schooled students. The information should be specific to how the student performed in the
area(s) of achievement concern when observed. Information compar
ing the student’s
observed learning behavior to other students in the class can be helpful.
This section must be completed. Check “Yes” OR “No” as appropriate. If “yes” is checked,
additional information is required. The IEP team should summarize the relevant medical
findings and their effect on the student’s achievement, particularly in the area(s) of concern.
110
Back to Table of Contents
SUMMARY OF ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
CONSIDERATION
34 CFR §§ 300.304 300.311.
The IEP team decision of whether the
student has a specific learning disability was
based on information from a variety of
sources and not on any single measure or
assessment as the sole criterion:
DISABILITY CATEGORY
DETERMINATION
Each IEP team participant must sign….
Additional Notes (if any):
If #1, #2, and #3 are marked “YES", the student meets the disability category criteria for
specific learning disability (SLD). If any item is marked "No”, the student does not meet
disability category criteria for SLD. Prompts for additional information must be completed
as appropriate. If such information is addressed elsewhere in the IEP team evaluation report,
please reference where the information can be found. If there are more areas of concern, add
rows to the chart.
The box must be checked to ensure compliance with this requirement. When determining
whether a student has a specific learning disability, the IEP team must base its decision on
information from a variety of sources and not on any single measure or assessment as the
sole criterion.
Check “yes” if the documentation of the criteria above demonstrates the student meets the
disability category criteria for Specific Learning Disability. A student whose disability has
an adverse effect on educational performance must be found to require specially designed
instruction in order to be eligible for special education. Document the need for specially
designed instruction on the ER-1.
Each IEP team participant, including the parents, signs the form and indicates if they agree
with the team’s conclusion about whether or not the student has a specific learning disability.
If any IEP team participant, including the parent, does not agree with the team’s conclusions,
then they must also attach a statement reflecting their conclusions. If a parent disagrees with
the conclusions of the team and chooses not to submit a statement, the LEA cannot compel
the parent to do so. The LEA may summarize the parent’s position in writing and indicate
the parent choose not to submit a separate statement.
The IEP team may wish to include additional information relevant to the eligibility decision
here, if not included elsewhere. It may be particularly appropriate to include additional
information if the student was not found to meet eligibility criteria to explain why the student
was not found eligible and summarize the student’s strengths and relative weaknesses.
111
Back to Table of Contents
ER-3 Evaluation Report: Documentation for Determining Braille Needs for a Child with a Visual Impairment
Form ER-3 is used only when the IEP team determines a student/child has a visual impairment (see form ER-1). Wisconsin law requires the IEP provide
for instruction in Braille and the use of Braille unless a determination is made that instruction in Braille or the use of Braille is not appropriate for the
child.
Form ER-3 is used to document the required considerations and whether instruction in Braille or the use of Braille is appropriate for the child. This form
should be attached to the IEP in the Special Factors section (Section I-C of Form I-4), indicating the student/child does not need instruction in Braille or
in the use of Braille. 34 CFR § 300.324 (a)(1); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)3.
Implementation Considerations:
In some situations, e.g., a child of preschool age or a student with a degenerative disease of the eye, it may not be possible to make a determination of
the student’s future need for instruction in Braille or the use of Braille. In these instances, the IEP team should follow and monitor the student’s progress
to determine if there are any changes in the student’s need for instruction in Braille or the use of Braille.
FORM CONTENT
Evaluation of reading and writing skills,
needs and appropriate media.
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(1);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)3.
and appropriate reading and writing media, including the student’s future need for instruction in Braille
or the use of Braille.
Determination of current need for
instruction in Braille or use of Braille
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(1);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)3.
conclusion.
Determination of future need for instruction
in Braille or use of Braille
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(1);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)3.
whether the student demonstrates a future need for instruction in Braille or the use of Braille. If “No”
or “Cannot be determined at this time” is checked, enter an explanation of the basis for the conclusion.
112
Back to Table of Contents
ER-4 Notice of IEP Team Findings that Child Is Not a Child with a Disability
Form ER-4 is used only when an IEP team determines upon initial evaluation a student/child does not have a disability or upon reevaluation that a child
no longer continues to be a student/child with a disability. Wis. Stat. § 115.782 (3)(b).
FORM CONTENT
Findings by the IEP team
Wis. Stat. § 115.782(3)(b).
disability, the LEA must provide written notice to the parents of the determination. Federal and state
laws require the LEA provide notice to parents whenever the LEA proposes or refuses to initiate or
change the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the child or the provision of free
appropriate public education (FAPE).
Check the first box if the child is determined not eligible after an initial evaluation. Check the second
box if the child is determined no longer eligible after a reevaluation. If the student was found not
eligible after a reevaluation, special education and related services will no longer be provided. In order
to ensure the parent(s) has prior written notice of the cessation of special education services, the date
special education and related services will no longer be provided must be after the parent has received
this notice. If this determination and notice is being projected and provided to the parent(s) at an IEP
team meeting, it could be the next school day. However, if the parent(s) receives this notice in the mail,
be sure to wait to cease services until the notice has sufficient time to have been received by the
parent(s).
A copy of the IEP team’s evaluation report
Wis. Stat. § 115.782(3)(b).
report with form ER-4.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
disability and any other factors relevant to the determination. If no other options were considered,
check the “None” box.
Parents have procedural safeguards and may
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503; 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parent
with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards notice if the LEA previously provided the parent
with a copy of the procedural safeguards in the current school year. However, if the parent requests
another copy, the LEA must provide one.
113
Back to Table of Contents
Arranging/Scheduling Individualized Education Program Meetings
I-1 Invitation to a Meeting of the Individualized Education Program Team (IEP)
Form I-1 is used to notify parents the LEA will conduct the IEP team meeting. 34 CFR §§ 300.306, 300.322, and 300.327; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
Implementation Considerations:
LEAs commonly contact parents to arrange a mutually agreed upon date and time for an IEP team meeting before sending form I-1. This practice saves
time when scheduling IEP team meetings. If the parent requests specific LEA personnel be included and the LEA decides to include them, the personnel
must be listed on the invitation.
If an IEP team meeting ends and is reconvened on another day, the parent participation requirements must be followed, including providing an invitation
to the next meeting.
When scheduling IEP team meetings, the LEA must observe required timelines. For example, a meeting to develop a student’s IEP and determine
placement must occur within 30 calendar days of the determination the student is eligible for special education services. LEAs should schedule IEP team
meetings well before a timeline ends to permit meetings to be rescheduled, if needed, and still meet the timeline. Whenever possible, LEAs should avoid
scheduling IEP team meetings on or shortly before the last day of a timeline.
If transition is checked on form I-1 as one purpose of the IEP team meeting, the student must be invited to the IEP meeting. A separate invitation may
be sent to the student. Alternatively, the student’s name may be included with the parents’ names on the invitation and envelope, or the student may be
invited verbally. The date and method for inviting the student should be documented on form I-8 or in the Post-Secondary Transition Plan (PTP).
When a manifestation determination is required for a student, an IEP team meeting may be held for this purpose, although an IEP team meeting is not
required. IDEA allows the LEA, the parent, and relevant members of the IEP team to make the determination. However, if it is determined the
student’s behavior that resulted in the disciplinary action is a manifestation of the disability, an IEP team meeting will be required to develop a
functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and a behavioral intervention plan (BIP) or review an existing BIP and modify it as necessary. Also, an IEP
team must review and revise the IEP and determine placement, as appropriate. Therefore, it may be expeditious to conduct manifestation determination
reviews at IEP team meetings.
If an individual is present at the IEP team meeting, they are a member of the IEP team. OSEP Letter to Haller (2019).
114
Back to Table of Contents
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Informing parents of the IEP team
meeting
34 CFR § 300.322.
The LEA must take steps to ensure one or both of the student’s parents are present at the IEP team
meeting or are afforded the opportunity to participate.
The LEA must do the following:
notify the parents of the meeting early enough to ensure they have an opportunity to attend;
schedule the meeting at a mutually agreed on time and place;
inform the parents of the purpose, time, and location of the meeting and who will attend;
inform the parents of their right to bring other people they believe have knowledge or special
expertise about their student; and
inform the parents of the right to request the LEA invite the Birth to 3 coordinator or other
representative to the IEP team meeting if their child is transitioning from a county Birth to Three
program.
Consolidation of IEP team meetings
34 CFR § 300.324.
The IDEA requires a LEA to encourage, to the extent possible, the consolidation of reevaluation meetings
and other IEP team meetings. Often LEAs determine continuing eligibility for special education, revise
the IEP, and determine educational placement at the same IEP team meeting.
Purpose of the meeting
34 CFR §§ 300.322, 300.340, and
300.345; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
Check all boxes in this section that apply to the meeting. For example, if the LEA intends (1) to determine
a student’s continuing eligibility for special education, (2) develop an annual IEP, (3) address transition,
and (4) determine the student’s continuing placement at the meeting, then all four purposes must be
checked.
Purpose: Evaluation and Reevaluation.
34 CFR §§ 300.301 and 300.323; Wis.
Stat. § 115.78.
If one purpose of the meeting is to determine initial or continuing eligibility for special education, then
the student’s eligibility must be determined no more than 60 calendar days from either:
1) the date the parents were provided notice no additional assessments were needed (form IE-
2, for initial evaluations or form RE-4 for reevaluations) or
2) the date the LEA received parent consent (form IE-3, for initial evaluations or RE-5 for
reevaluations).
Exceptions to the 60-calendar-day timeline may apply when:
1) the parent of a student repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the student for evaluation;
2) a student transfers from another LEA after the 60-calendar-day timeline has begun, but prior
to an eligibility determination by the previous LEA (see form M-2.); or
3) a parent agrees in writing to an extension to complete the evaluation of a student suspected
of having a specific learning disability (see form M-3).
115
Back to Table of Contents
Purpose: Individualized Education
Program (IEP)
34 CFR §§ 300.321, 300.322, and
300.324; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78 and
115.787.
Develop an initial IEP: The date the IEP team meets to develop the IEP must be no more than 30
calendar days from the date the IEP team made the eligibility determination. See form ER-1. An IEP
team may develop an initial IEP at the same meeting the IEP team determines the student’s initial
eligibility.
Develop an annual IEP: An IEP team must meet periodically, but no less than annually, to review the
IEP. The IEP team must meet no more than 12 months from the date the IEP team last met and
developed the student’s annual IEP. At an annual IEP team meeting, the IEP team must review the IEP
to determine whether the annual goals are being achieved. The team must revise the IEP, as
appropriate, to address:
any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals and in the general education curriculum;
the results of any reevaluation;
information about the student provided to or by the parents;
the student’s anticipated needs;
special factors (See form I-4.); and
other matters.
Review/Revise IEP: An IEP team may conduct a meeting to review/revise a student’s IEP at any time.
After a reevaluation, an IEP team must meet within 30 days of a determination of continuing eligibility
to review and revise the IEP, as appropriate, to address the results of the reevaluation. The IEP team may
review and revise the IEP at the same meeting the IEP team determines the student
’s continuing
eligibility.
An IEP team meeting to review/revise an IEP is considered an annual IEP meeting only if the IEP team
reviews the IEP to determine whether the annual goals are being achieved and revises the IEP, as
appropriate, to address all the factors listed above under “Develop an annual IEP.” If the IEP team does
not review annual goal progress and revise the IEP to address all of the factors above, the meeting cannot
be considered the annual IEP meeting.
An IEP may be modified or amended without holding an IEP team meeting after the annual IEP meeting.
See form I-10.
Transition: If a student is 14 or older or will turn age 14 during the dates the IEP will be in effect,
transition must be checked as one purpose of the meeting. If transition is checked as one purpose, the
student must be invited to attend. In addition, the LEA must inform the student’s parents their student
will be invited to the IEP meeting.
116
Back to Table of Contents
Purpose: Placement
34 CFR §§ 300.116;
Wis. Stat. § 115.78(2)(c).
If one purpose of the meeting is to develop an initial placement following the development of the
student’s initial IEP, the date the IEP team meets to determine the placement must be no more than 30
calendar days from the date the IEP team determined the student is eligible for special education. See
form ER-1.
If one purpose of the meeting is to determine a student’s continuing placement following a reevaluation
and review and revision of the student’s IEP, the date the IEP team meets to determine the student’s
continuing placement must be no more than 30 calendar days from the date the IEP team determined
the student’s continued eligibility. See form ER-1.
An IEP team must determine a student’s placement at least annually. The date of the IEP team meeting
to determine placement must be no more than 12 months from the date the IEP team last determined the
student’s placement. For example, if an IEP team last met and determined a placement on 10/1/19 (form
P-1 or P-2), an IEP team must determine the student’s placement again no later than 10/1/20.
Purpose: Other
34 CFR §§ 300.530 and 300.531.
Review of existing information: A LEA is not required to conduct an IEP team meeting to review
existing evaluation data to determine whether to administer tests during an evaluation. See form ED-1.
However, an LEA may hold an IEP team meeting for this purpose. If it holds a meeting for this purpose,
the LEA must invite the student’s parents.
Conduct a manifestation determination: A manifestation determination is required within 10 school
days of a decision to change a placement because of a violation of a code of student conduct. An IEP
team meeting is not required to conduct a manifestation determination; however, an IEP team meeting
may be conducted for this purpose. See “Implementation Considerations” above.
Determine setting for services during disciplinary change in placement: When a disciplinary removal
is a change of educational placement, the IEP team is required to determine the appropriate services and
the setting in which the services will be provided. If this is one purpose of an IEP team meeting, the
appropriate boxes under “IEP” and “Placementmust also be checked on form I-1.
Participating transition agency
representative
34 CFR §§ 300.321 and 300.322;
Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
If “Transition” is checked as one purpose of the meeting, with the consent of the parent or adult student
(see form I-1-A.), the LEA must invite a representative of any participating agency likely to be
responsible for providing or paying for transition services. Enter the name of the agency along with the
name and title of the individual representing the agency. If the name of the individual who will attend is
not known, at a minimum enter the title or position of the individual who will attend, e.g., DVR
counselor. If an outside agency representative will not be invited, check the “None” box.
117
Back to Table of Contents
IEP team participants
34 CFR §§ 300.321 and 300.322;
Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
Each IEP team must consist of the following:
the parents of the student
at least one regular education teacher of the student if the student is, or may be, participating in a
regular educational environment;
at least one special education teacher who has recent training or experience related to the student’s
known or suspected area of special education needs or, where appropriate, at least one special
education provider of the student;
a representative of the LEA who is qualified to provide or supervise the provision of special
education; is knowledgeable about the general curriculum; and is knowledgeable about and
authorized to commit the available resources of the local educational agency. A LEA member of
the IEP team may also serve in the capacity of the LEA representative at the meeting if the
individual meets the legal requirements to serve as a LEA representative;
an individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results;
at the discretion of the parent or the LEA, other individuals who have knowledge or special
expertise about the student, including related services personnel as appropriate;
whenever appropriate, the student: if a purpose of the meeting will be consideration of post-
secondary goals and transition services, the LEA must invite the student;
if a student is attending school through whole grade sharing, open enrollment or a tuition waiver,
at least one person designated by the resident district who has knowledge or special expertise
about the student;
when a student is suspected or known to need occupational therapy, physical therapy, or speech
and language therapy, a therapist in each respective area of service; and
if the purpose of the meeting is to conduct an evaluation to consider a suspected specific learning
disability for the first time, and progress data from intensive intervention will be considered, a
licensed person qualified to assess data on individual rate of progress using a psychometrically
valid and reliable methodology, the licensed person who implemented the scientific, research-
based or evidence-based, intensive interventions with the referred pupil, and a licensed person
qualified to conduct individual diagnostic evaluation of children.
Parents must be informed of who will attend an IEP team meeting. Parents have the right to bring to the
meeting an individual, even if the individual is not listed on the invitation or known to the LEA in
advance. However, if a parent is bringing more than one individual to the meeting, they are encouraged
to provide the LEA with advance notice. The written prior notice does not need to include the name(s)
of individuals invited by the parent, but the IEP cover sheet should include these individuals.
118
Back to Table of Contents
Parents right to additional time
Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
If during any meeting addressing an evaluation, IEP development (including IEP review and revision),
or placement, either the LEA or the parent determines additional time is needed to ensure meaningful
parent participation, the LEA must provide it, subject to the required timelines for evaluation, and IEP
development, and placement.
Parents have the right to a copy of the
procedural safeguards and to contact other
sources for assistance about understanding
their rights.
34 CFR §§ 300.503 and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards notice
if the LEA previously provided the parents with a copy in the current school year. However, if the parents
request another copy, the LEA must provide it.
Other sources parents can contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA and state
special education law must be identified.
119
Back to Table of Contents
I-1-A Request to Invite Outside Agency Representative(s) to the Individualized Education Program (IEP) Meeting
To the extent appropriate, and with the consent of the parent or adult student, a LEA must invite a representative of any outside agency likely to be
responsible for providing or paying for transition services. Form I-1-A is used to obtain parental consent to invite a representative of such an agency to
the IEP team meeting, where information about the student will be disclosed. The consent requirement is included in the IDEA regulations specifically
to address the disclosure of confidential information to transition agency representatives at IEP team meetings. 34 CFR § 300.321(b)(3).
Implementation Considerations:
Before sending the invitation to the IEP team meeting (form I-1), the LEA must obtain parent or adult student consent to invite an outside agency
representative. It is a good practice to discuss attendance of an outside agency representative with the parents or the adult student prior to requesting
written consent. Information and materials for collaborating with outside agencies are available at the Department’s website at
http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics/transition and at the Wisconsin Transition Improvement Grant website, http://www.witig.org/.
Obtaining parent or adult student consent on this form only allows the disclosure of information to an outside agency representative at an IEP meeting
to discuss post-high school goals and transition services needed to achieve the goals. It does not permit the disclosure of information to an agency
representative under other circumstances. For example, if a LEA wishes to disclose information about a student to an agency following a disciplinary
removal from school, the LEA must obtain a separate consent from the parent or adult student for this purpose. A LEA may disclose personally identifiable
information about a student under three circumstances: (1) with the written consent of the parent, guardian or adult student; (2) pursuant to a court order;
and (3) by authority of statute. For additional information about confidentiality, see the publication, “Student Records and Confidentiality” on the
Department’s website at http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics/records.
Because form I-1-A provides authority only to disclose information at an IEP team meeting where transition is considered, some LEAs have modified
their general consent forms for release of records or information to include consent for inviting an agency representative to IEP team meetings. A consent
form for release of records must identify the records, information or data that may be disclosed, the purpose of the disclosure, and the parties or class of
parties to whom the disclosure may be made. The Department recommends the form include the effective period of the consent, e.g., 9/1/2023 through
8/31/2024, and the effective period be no more than one year. If consent is needed for longer than one year, a new consent should be obtained.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Participating outside agency representative
34 CFR § 300.321(b)(3).
Enter the name of the agency representative, if known, who will be invited to the IEP meeting. If the
name of an agency representative is not known, identify the individual’s title or position, e.g., DVR
counselor.
Parent or adult student consent
34 CFR § 300.321(b)(3).
The parent or adult student checks the appropriate box, signs, dates, and returns Form I-1-A to the
LEA.
120
Back to Table of Contents
Parents have the right to a copy of the
procedural safeguards and to contact other
sources for assistance about understanding
their rights.
34 CFR §§ 300.503 and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
If consent is not obtained, the LEA cannot invite an outside agency representative. The LEA is not
required to provide the parents with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards notice if the LEA
previously provided the parents with a copy of the procedural safeguards in the current school year.
However, if the parents request another copy, the LEA must provide it. Other sources parents can
contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA and state special education law are
identified.
121
Back to Table of Contents
I-1-B Request to Invite Birth to 3 Program Representative(s) to the Initial Individualized Education Program (IEP) Meeting
In Wisconsin, early intervention services for children between birth and three years of age are coordinated by Birth to 3 Programs, and children over the
age of three receive special education services provided by the LEA.
Birth to 3 Programs and LEAs work closely to support smooth and effective early childhood transitions. With parent consent, Birth to 3 Program
representatives can share knowledge of the child with the LEA that may be useful in the transition planning process. Using DPI Sample Special Education
Form I-1-B the LEA must obtain parent consent to invite Birth to 3 Program representative(s) to the child’s initial IEP meeting.
For more information to help ensure a smooth and effective early childhood transition, please visit http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/about/state-performance-
plan/indicators/12-transition-preschool.
122
Back to Table of Contents
I-1-C Request to Invite Others with Knowledge or Special Expertise to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) Meeting
Many children who receive Early Childhood Special Education Services also attend a community-based regular early childhood program. When a child
is participating or may participate in a community-based regular early childhood program during the term of the IEP, it is important to consider
information from the teacher of the child when making IEP team decisions.
Using DPI Sample Special Education Form I-1-C, the LEA can obtain parent consent to invite another individual with knowledge or special expertise
regarding the child to the IEP team meeting. 34 CFR §§ 300.321 and 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
The LEA should use this form for the following purposes:
1. To invite the community-based appropriately licensed regular early childhood teacher of the child to serve as the regular education teacher
representative on the IEP team. Please see Regular Education Teacher Participation on the IEP Team: Children Receiving Early Childhood Special
Education (ECSE) Services to determine if a teacher is appropriately licensed.
2. To invite the community-based teacher of the child, even if he/she is not appropriately licensed, to the IEP team meeting.
3. To invite another individual with knowledge or special expertise regarding the student to the IEP team meeting.
123
Back to Table of Contents
I-2 Agreement on IEP Team Participant Attendance at IEP Meeting
Under certain conditions, and with the written agreement or consent of the parent and the LEA, IDEA permits a required IEP team participant to be
excused from attending an IEP team meeting in whole or in part. The excusal provisions are intended to allow added flexibility for parents and LEAs in
scheduling IEP team meetings to avoid delays when there is a scheduling conflict. Excusing required IEP team participants from attending meetings in
whole or in part should be the exception. The summary of comments and changes to the IDEA regulations states, “A LEA that routinely excuses IEP
team members from attending IEP Team meetings would not be in compliance with the requirements of the Act, and, therefore, would be subject to the
State’s monitoring and enforcement provisions.” Analysis of Comments and Changes, 34 CFR Parts 300 and 301, Federal Register, Vol. 71, No. 156,
Monday, August 14, 2006, Rules and Regulations, p.46674; 34 CFR § 300.321; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
Required IEP team participants include the following:
the parents of the student;
at least one regular education teacher of the student if the student is, or may be, participating in a regular educational environment;
at least one special education teacher who has recent training or experience related to the student’s known or suspected area of special education
needs or, where appropriate, at least one special education provider of the student;
a representative of the local educational agency who is qualified to provide or supervise the provision of special education, is knowledgeable
about the general curriculum and is knowledgeable about and authorized to commit the available resources of the local educational agency;
an individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results, who may be another member of the IEP team other than the
parents or the student;
at the discretion of the parent or the LEA, other individuals who have knowledge or special expertise about the student, including related services
personnel as appropriate;
whenever appropriate, the student: if the purpose of the meeting will be consideration of post-secondary goals and transition services, the LEA
must invite the student;
if a student is attending school through whole grade sharing, open enrollment or a tuition waiver, at least one person designated by the resident
district who has knowledge or special expertise about the student;
when a student is suspected or known to need occupational therapy, physical therapy, or speech and language therapy, a therapist in each
respective area of service; and
when the purpose of the meeting is to conduct and evaluation to consider a suspected specific learning disability for the first time, and progress
data from intensive intervention will be considered, a licensed person qualified to assess data on individual rate of progress using a
psychometrically valid and reliable methodology, the licensed person who implemented the scientific, research-based or evidence-based,
intensive intervention with the referred pupil, and a licensed person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic evaluations of students/children.
34 CFR §§ 300.308(b), 300.321, and 300.322; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
At least one individual serving in each required participant category must attend the IEP team meeting or must be excused. When a student has more
than one regular education teacher and at least one of them will attend the IEP team meeting, an excusal is not required for the student’s other regular
education teachers. Similarly, when at least one of the student’s special education teachers will attend the meeting, an excusal is not required for the other
special education teachers who do not attend.
124
Back to Table of Contents
If a required participant’s area of curriculum or related service will not be modified or discussed at the IEP team meeting, the participant may be excused
from the meeting if the parent agrees in writing. When a required participant’s area of curriculum or related service will be modified or discussed, the
participant may be excused from the meeting if (1) prior to the meeting, the participant submits written input for IEP development to the parent and other
IEP team participants, and (2) the parent consents in writing to the excusal. At the time consent is obtained, the LEA must provide the parent with
appropriate and sufficient information to ensure the parent fully understands the parent is consenting to excusing a required participant whose area of
curriculum or related services will be changed or discussed. If the parent does not consent, the IEP team meeting must be held with that required
participant.
Implementation Considerations:
LEAs should carefully consider, based on the needs of the student and the issues to be addressed, whether it makes sense to conduct the IEP team meeting
without a particular member or whether it would be better to reschedule the meeting. The LEA should determine the individual(s) with authority to
consent or agree with the parent to excuse an IEP team participant. The individual must have the authority to bind the LEA to the agreement.
The LEA should discuss an excusal with the parent before the IEP team meeting. Prior to agreeing in writing to an excusal, the parent may request to
discuss the proposed excusal with the individual(s) who would be excused from the meeting. If the parent agrees to the excusal, the parent is requested
to sign the form Agreement on IEP Team Participant Attendance at IEP Meeting (form I-2). The reason for the excusal is documented along with any
other options considered and relevant factors.
While the IDEA and state special education law permit the excusal of a LEA representative from an IEP team meeting, it may not be reasonable for a
LEA to agree to the excusal of the LEA representative if that individual is needed to ensure decisions can be made at the meeting about the commitment
of agency resources to implement the student's IEP.
When a participant is excused from the entire meeting, the excused individual’s name does not appear on the IEP Team Meeting Cover Page (form I-3)
as attending or participating in the meeting. Instead, the individual’s name appears in the appropriate section on a signed form I-2. If it is agreed that a
required IEP team participant will be excused from attending a portion of the IEP meeting, the excused individual’s name appears on the form I-3 as
attending the meeting and also appears in the appropriate section on a signed form I-2.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date and manner of discussion.
34 CFR § 300.321; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
Enter the date and manner in which the discussion about excusal took place, e.g., face-to-face
conference, phone conversation, or exchange of emails.
125
Back to Table of Contents
Circumstances of excusal.
34 CFR § 300.321; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
Mark the appropriate box and identify the individual who will not attend the IEP meeting in its entirety
or in part. Check the first box when the named participant will not attend the IEP meeting because the
participant’s area of curriculum or related service will not be modified or discussed. Check the second
box if the named participant is excused from the IEP meeting when the participant’s area of curriculum
or related service will be modified or discussed, and the participant provides the IEP team written
information. Check the third box when the participant will attend the meeting when the participant’s
area of curriculum or related service is modified or discussed but will be excused from attending the
rest of the meeting.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors.
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Enter other options considered, if any, related to the excusal of an IEP team participant and the reasons
for rejecting those options, including any other relevant factors. If no other options were considered,
check the “None” box.
Parents have the right to a copy of the
procedural safeguards and to contact other
sources for assistance about understanding
their rights.
34 CFR §§ 300.503 and 300.504;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards
notice if the LEA previously provided the parents with a copy of the procedural safeguards in the
current school year. However, if the parents request another copy, the LEA must provide it. Other
sources parents can contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA and state
special education law are identified.
Written parent agreement or consent.
34 CFR § 300.321; Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
When consent is sought, the parent must be informed his/her consent is voluntary and may be revoked
at any time prior to the activity for which the consent is sought. The parents are also informed they
may request to confer with an IEP team participant who may be excused before agreeing or consenting
to excusing the individual from attending the IEP meeting.
126
Back to Table of Contents
I-3 IEP Team Meeting Cover Page
When an IEP team meets, an IEP Team Meeting Cover Page should be completed. It is used in conjunction with forms ER-1, ER-2, ER-3 and ER-4; I-
4, I-5, I-6, I-11, and I-12; and P-1, P-2 and P-3, as appropriate. The Cover Page documents the student’s demographic information, the purpose(s) of the
IEP team meeting, and those in attendance.
Implementation Considerations:
While the names of IEP team participants in attendance must be documented, their signatures are not required. A LEA may request an IEP team participant
to sign the cover sheet or write initials next to a printed name. The signature is not an indication of agreement with the IEP but is simply documentation
of attendance.
Some LEAs enter the names of IEP team member on form I-3 before the IEP meeting is conducted. LEAs that follow this practice should use check
marks or participants’ initials next to the names of participations or some other means to indicate the individuals who actually participated in the meeting.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Identified impairment area(s), if applicable
Once a student is determined eligible, enter the impairment areas (e.g., autism, intellectual disability,
emotional behavioral disability, hearing impairment, orthopedic impairment, other health impairment,
significant developmental delay, speech/language impairment, specific learning disability, traumatic
brain injury, or visual impairment) the student was found eligible for. If it is an initial evaluation and
the student is found not eligible for special education, we would expect to see this item blank, or state
“none.” If the IEP team convenes for a review of existing data and it is the initial eligibility, we would
also expect to see this item blank, or state “none.” If the IEP team convenes for a review of existing
data and it is a reevaluation, we would expect this field to prepopulate with the impairment area(s)
identified at the last evaluation. If a reevaluation changes the applicable impairment area(s), we expect
the I-3 cover sheet for the evaluation meeting to be updated to include the applicable impairment areas.
This information may be auto-populated by the LEA’s IEP software vendor system or hand entered at
the time of the IEP team meeting. This information is not required but may be helpful to LEAs and the
student’s parent(s). This data field is not meant to drive the IEP process or limit the discussion of grade
level standards, the student’s present levels, how the student’s disability affects academic
achievement/functional performance, goals, services, supports, specially des
igned instruction or
accommodations. It is important that IEP teams do not limit their discussions of these items based on
a student’s identified impairment area.
127
Back to Table of Contents
Transfer students
34 CFR § 300.323(2)(e).
When a student transfers between LEAs in Wisconsin, or transfers from a LEA in another state, the
new LEA must provide a free appropriate public education (FAPE) to the student. The new LEA must
either adopt the student’s evaluation and IEP from the previous LEA or conduct its own evaluation and
develop its own IEP. Until then, the LEA must provide the student services, in consultation with the
student’s parents, comparable to those described in the student’s IEP from the previous LEA.
If the LEA adopts the evaluation and IEP, enter the name of the individual(s) who reviewed and adopted
the evaluation and IEP and the dates. An IEP team meeting is not required to review and adopt the
evaluation and IEP. An IEP team meeting is also not required to determine placement if the student
will attend the school s/he would attend if not disabled and the IEP can be implemented as written.
However, if the student’s IEP cannot be implemented as written in the school the student would attend
if not disabled, an IEP team must meet to determine the student’s placement.
When a Wisconsin LEA adopts the evaluation and IEP of a student transferring from a LEA in another
state, a new parental consent for initial provision of services is not required if the parent granted consent
in the other state.
If a student transfers from one LEA to another within Wisconsin and the new LEA does not adopt the
evaluation from the previous LEA and initiates its own evaluation, this evaluation is a reevaluation.
If a student transfers from a LEA in another state and the Wisconsin LEA does not adopt the evaluation
from the previous LEA and initiates its own evaluation, this evaluation is considered an initial
evaluation. The purpose of the evaluation is to determine if the student is a child with a disability
under state eligibility criteria and to determine the educational needs of the student.
Date of meeting
34 CFR § 300.322(b)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.78(3)(c).
Enter the month, day, and year of the meeting. When conducting IEP team meetings, LEA staff must
observe the state and federal timelines for evaluation, IEP development, and placement. For example,
the LEA must conduct a meeting to develop an IEP and determine a student’s placement within 30
days of a determination the student is a “child with a disability.
Purpose of the meeting
34 CFR § 300.322(b)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.782(2)(b)1 and 2.
The purposes of the meeting are grouped by events on form I-3: Evaluation and Reevaluation, IEP,
Placement, and Other. Check each applicable purpose of the IEP team meeting. The purpose(s) checked
should correspond to those on the invitation (form I-1). Review of existing information is included as
a purpose of an IEP team meeting under Other. A meeting is not required for this purpose, but the
review may be conducted during an IEP team meeting. When this occurs, form I-3 should be used to
document an IEP team meeting was held for this purpose.
128
Back to Table of Contents
Consideration of the initial or most recent
evaluation, statewide assessments and
district wide assessments
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(iii); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(3)(a).
If one purpose of the meeting is to develop an initial or annual IEP or to review and revise an IEP, the
IEP team must consider the results of the student’s initial or most recent evaluation, as well as any
results from statewide and district-wide assessments. Check “Yes” to indicate the IEP team considered
these results. Check “Not applicable” only when one of the purposes of the meeting is not to Develop
an initial IEP, Annual IEP review, or Review/revise IEP.
IEP team participants attending or
participating by alternate means
34 CFR § 300.321: Wis. Stat. §
115.78(1m).
List the names of those who participate in the IEP team meeting in its entirety or in part, either by
attending or participating through alternate means (i.e., conference phone call or video conferencing).
The LEA may use alternate means of meeting participation if the LEA and the parents agree. An
individual who submits written information prior to the meeting and does not participate in real time
has not participated by alternate means. It is a good prac
tice to record the alternate method of
participation on form I-3.
If a parent and LEA agree to excuse a required IEP team participant from a meeting in its entirety, do
not record the individual’s name on the IEP Team Meeting Cover Page. Attach the signed agreement
excusing the participant (form I-2) to the IEP Team Meeting Cover Page. If a required IEP team
participant is excused from part of a meeting, record the individual’s name on the Cover Page and
attach the agreement (form I-2).
Documentation of efforts to involve
parent(s). 34 CFR § 300.322.
A LEA must take steps to ensure one or both parents are present at each IEP team meeting or are
afforded the opportunity to participate. If neither parent can attend the meeting in person, the LEA must
use other means to ensure participation, including an individual or a conference phone call. It is a good
practice to record the alternate method of participation on form I-3.
An IEP team meeting may be held without the parent(s) only if the LEA has made good faith efforts to
involve the parent(s). In this case, the LEA must have a record of its attempts to arrange a mutually
agreed upon time and place for the meeting, such as telephone calls made and attempted and the results
of those calls; copies of correspondence sent to the parents and any responses received; and detailed
records of visits to the home or the parent’s place of employment and of the results of those visits. Enter
on form I-3 the date of each attempt, the method by which the LEA attempted to contact the parents,
and the results.
Generally, a good faith effort to involve parent(s) in an IEP team meeting includes not less than three
reasonable attempts. For example, a record of three phone calls with no answer would not be considered
a good faith effort.
129
Back to Table of Contents
If a LEA documents the parents agreed to participate in a meeting, the LEA does not need to document
additional attempts. If the parents are not present at the agreed upon meeting time, it is a good practice
to attempt to reach them prior to beginning the meeting. In addition, if the parents did not participate
in the IEP team meeting, it is a good practice for the LEA to contact them and offer to meet to review
the information discussed at the meeting.
130
Back to Table of Contents
Developing Individualized Education Programs
I-4 IEP: Linking Present Levels, Needs, Goals and Services Form
Form I-4 is used when the IEP team develops an initial or annual IEP or reviews and revises a student’s IEP. Information about the student is shared and
documented including the student’s strengths, the student’s current academic achievement and functional performance, special factors, concerns of the
parents/family/student, and the effects of the disability(ies) on the student’s academic achievement and functional performance. This information should
create a “snapshot” of the student’s skills and abilities and encompass all areas of disability-related need for the student. Measurable annual goals are
developed to address the unique needs of the student that result from the student’s disability and special education services (supplementary aids and
services, specially designed instruction, related services, and program modifications or supports for school staff) are identified to allow the student to
make progress toward the IEP goals and access the general education curriculum aligned with grade-level academic standards and functional expectations.
The needs, goals and services are linked throughout the process and form. See guidance on the College and Career Ready IEP 5-Step Process at
https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/college-and-career-ready-ieps.
Parent(s) are important members of the IEP team and are encouraged to share information throughout the process. The student should be included,
whenever appropriate, and encouraged to provide input throughout the process.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Section I: Information about the Student
A. Strengths
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787 (3)(a).
In developing a student’s IEP, the IEP team must describe the student’s strengths that can be used to
engage the student in learning. Consider the student’s strengths in such areas as academics, cognitive
learning, communication, independence and self-
determination, physical/health, and social and
emotional learning. For more information about these areas visit the
six areas of academic and
functional skill webpage.
B. Current Academic Achievement and
Functional Performance
1. Current Academic Achievement
Identify the student’s current levels of academic achievement and functional performance compared to
age/grade-level standards and expectations. These include academics
, cognitive learning,
communication, independence and self-
determination, physical/health, and social and emotional
learning.
Academic achievement generally refers to a student’s performance in academic content areas (e.g.,
reading, math, written language) compared to grade-level expectations. For preschool children it refers
to knowledge and skills such as early language development, communication, early literacy skills,
cognition and general knowledge compared to same-aged peers. A possible sentence starter when
developing a present level statement might be, “We would expect students in this grade to be able to
demonstrate x, y and z. The student is able to demonstrate x [provide data].”
131
Back to Table of Contents
2. Functional Performance
34 CFR § 300.320 (a)(1); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(a).
Functional performance includes the following:
routine activities of daily living
skills needed for independence and performance at school, in the home, in the community, for
leisure time, and for post-secondary and life-long learning;
motor skills, personal care, time and money, school/work habits, home/community orientation;
and
behavior and interpersonal relationships
Reading skills can also impact functional performance. Examples of functional reading includes the
ability to read a menu, road signs, navigate public transportation, read a recipe, complete a government
form, and follow written directions.
The statements of present levels should be written in language understandable to all, including the
parent, and contain sufficient information to establish a starting point from which each annual goal is
developed. If scores are used, they should be compared to scores considered typical for same-aged peers
in order to provide a frame of reference. It is important to include data and information about the
student’s reading achievement (or for preschoolers, early literacy skills) so that
the IEP team can
dete
rmine if the student is not reading at grade level and consider what affect the disability has on
reading/early literacy. If the IEP team determines the student is meeting grade-
level standards or
expectations, this should also be documented in the IEP. In this way, a more complete picture of the
student is included in the description of present levels. The present levels should not just include areas
in which the student is not meeting grade-level standards or expectations.
C. Special Factors
Under state and federal special education law, the IEP team must consider Special Factors when
developing an initial or annual IEP or reviewing and revising an IEP after a reevaluation. Follow the
requirements in each prompt carefully. If devices, services, strategies, interventions, or supports are
needed to meet the identified needs, they must be documented in the Program Summary and include
frequency and amount, location and duration. If it is impossible to describe the service using an amount
of time, provide a clear description of the circumstances under which the service is needed. “As needed
is an insufficient description.
132
Back to Table of Contents
1. Behavior
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(2)(i); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)1.
Functional Behavioral Assessment (FBA)
34 CFR § 300.530(d)(ii) and (f)(1)(i).
Behavior - If the student’s behavior impedes the student’s learning or that of others, the IEP team must
describe the student’s behavioral needs, address the behavioral needs of the student, and consider using
positive behavioral interventions and supports and other strategies to address the behavior. This
requirement applies to students who are demonstrating both internalizing and externalizing behaviors
that impede the student’s learning or that of others. 71 Fed. Reg. 46683 (Aug. 14, 2006). Examples of
positive behavioral interventions or supports may include but are not limited to social skills instruction;
modifying or adjusting classroom seating; providing increased opportunities for the student to make
choices;
and foreshadowing change. An IEP that only includes negative consequences, such as
suspension or detention, does not meet the standard. An IEP that only includes positive behavioral
supports available to all students in the entire school, such as school-wide PBIS incentives, does not
meet the standard. Describe the student’s needs under Special Factors and document any needed
services in the Program Summary.
Has a functional behavioral assessment (FBA) been conducted? If so, when? The IEP team should
consider if an FBA is needed whenever a student's behavior interferes with the student’s learning or the
learning of others in order to develop an effective IEP that addresses a student's behavioral needs using
positive behavioral interventions and supports. Conducting an
FBA typically precedes developing
positive behavioral intervention strategies; however, it is not required in all instances (71 Fed. Reg.
46683 (Aug. 14, 2006). The team should consider the individual needs of the student, the frequency and
intensity of the behavior, or if the IEP currently includes effective positive behavioral supports and
strategies.
In some instances, an FBA is legally required. An FBA is required any time a student with a disability
receives a disciplinary change of placement and the behavior is found to be a manifestation of the
student's disability unless the LEA has conducted an FBA before the behavior occurred that resulted in
the disciplinary change of placement. If the behavior is not a manifestation of the student’s disability,
the IEP team should consider whether an FBA is appropriate. An FBA must be conducted and
appropriate positive behavioral interventions and supports based on that FBA must be developed and
included in the IEP for any student whose IEP team determines the use of seclusion and/or restraint is
reasonably anticipated. Information related to addressing inappropriate behavior, including FBAs and
behavior intervention plans (BIP), is available at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics/functional-behavioral-
assessment. Information regarding state law requirements for use of seclusion and restraint in schools
can be found at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics/seclusion-restraint.
Mark “not applicable” if the student’s behavior does not impede learning. Mark “yes” if the LEA has
conducted an FBA (whether legally required to do so or because the team decided to) and document the
date that the team most recently completed or updated the FBA. Mark “no” if an FBA has not been
conducted for the student. Consider conducting an FBA if the student’s behavior impedes learning.
133
Back to Table of Contents
2. English Learner (EL)
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(2)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)(2);
(Guidance updated May 2021)
3. Visual Impairment and Braille
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(2)(iii); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)(3).
English Learner (EL) - If a student with a disability is also learning English, the IEP team must consider
the language needs of the student related to the IEP. Describe the student’s needs under Special Factors
and document any needed services in the Program Summary.
English Learner (EL) is a specific designation determined by formal procedures and criteria outside of
the IEP team process. School districts are required to make this determination under Title VI of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964 and Every Student Succeeds Act of 2015 (ESSA). As a first step in identification,
school districts administer the Home Language Survey (HLS) to all newly enrolling students to
uniformly identify potential ELs. When the HLS indicates a potential EL, districts administer an English
language proficiency (ELP) screener in order to make a final determination. There is no validated ELP
screener for assessing students younger than 5K (although the 5K screeners can be used in April of 4K
for later 5K enrollment). The HLS may be administered to preschool students as an indicator of potential
EL status. Districts are encouraged to identify potential ELs prior to 5K to provide targeted language
supports, including IEP supports. While an EL teacher would not likely serve the child directly, an EL
teacher may serve as a valuable member of the IEP team when identifying language supports.
IDEA requires the IEP team to consider in the case of a child with limited English proficiency, the
language needs of the child as those needs related to the child’s IEP. 34 CFR § 300.324(a)(2). To
document this requirement in the IEP of 3- and 4-year-old children, the IEP team should always check
“No” because there is no validated screener at this time to make this determination. However, the IEP
team should still consider if the child is a potential English learner and identify and describe any
potential English learning needs the student may have related to the IEP. This should be included under
the current prompt: “If yes, describe how this factor affects the student’s needs related to this IEP” (e.g.,
the student is a potential English learner). If the child may be a potential EL, the IEP team should also
identify in the program summary any special education support to address the needs (e.g., educational
interpreting, visuals, repeating instructions, etc.). Revisions to the I-4 Linking Form will be made in the
spring of 2022 to better reflect how to respond to the Special Factors prompt when students are younger
than 5K.
Visual Impairment and Braille - The IEP team must provide for instruction in Braille or the use of
Braille for a student who is visually impaired unless the IEP team decides after an evaluation that
instruction in Braille or the use of Braille is not appropriate. Document the students Braille needs or
explain why the student does not need instruction in Braille or the use of Braille. Attach form ER-3,
Documentation for Determining Braille Need for A Child with A Visual Impairment, to the IEP to
document the student does not have a need for instruction in Braille or the use of Braille.
134
Back to Table of Contents
4. Communication Needs
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(2)(iv), Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)4.
5. Assistive Technology
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(2)(v); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(3)(b)5.
Describe the student’s assistive technology
needs:
Answer the first part of this question for all students (including students with speech and language needs
and students who are deaf or hard of hearing). If a student has communication needs that could impede
their learning, check “yes” and describe the communication needs. Services that are needed as a result
should be documented in the Program Summary.
A student must have opportunities for direct
communications with peers and professional personnel in the student’s language and communication
mode, as well as direct instruction in the student’s language and communication mode. If the student
has communication needs that could impede learning, including speech and language needs, describe
the needs.
If the student is deaf, hard of hearing, or deafblind, also identify (a) the student’s
language and
communication needs, (b) opportunities for direct communication with peers and professional personnel
in the student’s language and communication mode, (c) the student’s academic level, and full range of
needs, including opportunities for direct instruction in the student’s language and communicative mode.
Assistive technology services or devices - The IEP team must consider whether the student needs
assistive technology (AT) devices or services. Consider any item, piece of equipment, product system,
or service to increase, maintain, or improve the student’s functional capabilities. In addition to other
needs that require assistive technology, discuss if the student accesses, uses, and derives meaning from
age or grade level standard printed text when considering accessible education materials (AEM) and the
need for assistive technology.
For more information visit
http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/educators/consultation/assistive-technology.
The U.S. Department of Education has stated that “timely access to appropriate and accessible
instructional materials is an inherent component of a public agency’s obligation under IDEA to ensure
that FAPE is available for children with disabilities and that children with disabilities participate in the
general education curriculum as specified in their IEPs.” 71 Fed Reg. 46540, 46618 (August 14, 2006).
All students eligible for materials in an accessible format must receive their materials at the same time
as their non-disabled peers. For more information, see Bulletin 20.02.
D. Concerns of the Parent(s)/Family
34 CFR § 300.324(a)(ii); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(3)(a).
Parent(s)/family and the student (when appropriate) should be encouraged to participate and provide
input throughout
the development of the IEP. In this section, describe the concerns of the
parent(s)/family and student for enhancing the education of the student. This may include concerns
about reading achievement, early language/communication or early literacy skills, other academic areas,
social-emotional needs, sensory needs, behavior, the student’s future, postsecondary transition, etc. The
IEP team should document the discussion of the concerns of the parents/family, including any additions
to the IEP that are needed to address the concerns.
135
Back to Table of Contents
E. Effects of Disability
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(1)(i) and (ii); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(2)(a).
Describe how the disability affects…
Document the effects of the student’s disability (including students identified as only solely with a
speech/language impairment) on their academics, communication, independence and self-
determination, physical/health, and social and emotional learning.
To determine the effects of the
disability, consider the following:
Does the student’s disability affect access, involvement,
and progress in the general education
curriculum? For all school-aged students, describe how the disability affects academic achievement
(e.g., reading, math, science, social studies) and functional performance (e.g., daily living skills,
workplace environment, play). Describe how the student’s disability affects the student’s access,
involvement, and progress in the general education curriculum, instruction, and environment, including
how the disability affects reading. The term “general education curriculum
” refers to the same
curriculum as for nondisabled students in the same grade in which the student is enrolled. It is the
standards-based curriculum adopted by each LEA or schools within the LEA that applies to all students
within each general age grouping from preschool through secondary school.
For preschool children, describe how the disability affects participation in age-appropriate activities,
including language development, communication,
and/or early literacy. Address how the child’s
disability affects the child’s participation in age- appropriate activities. “Age-appropriate activities”
means activities that children of that chronological age typically engage in as part of a formal preschool
program or in informal activities, for example coloring, pre-reading activities, play time, sharing time,
or listening to stories read by teachers or parents.
A statement that a student’s disability impacts their performance or a restatement of the eligibility
criteria is not sufficient, e.g., “Due to John’s specific learning disability, he has difficulty achieving the
goals of the general education curriculum.” The statement should explain how a student’s performance
or progress is impacted, e.g., John’s difficulty with decoding interferes with reading science and social
studies texts.” Look for statements that tell how the student’s progress is impacted by the disability.
Review Need for Specially Designed Instruction in the student’s Evaluation Report (ER-1) for more
information about the student’s needs.
A suggested sentence starter when developing the effects
statement might be, “The student is not meeting grade-level standards/expectations in the area of X
(effect). For more information on effects of the disability and disability-related needs, visit
https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/college-and-career-ready-ieps/learning-resources.
136
Back to Table of Contents
Does the student’s disability adversely
affect early learning/reading?
Is this a student with the most significant
cognitive disability whose achievement
will be aligned with alternate achievement
standards?
Does the student’s disability affect progress towards meeting grade-level reading standards? The effect
of the student’s disability on reading applies to all areas of impairment, including students who are
“speech and language only.” It is important to consider the effects of a speech and language impairment
on reading achievement and other academic areas and functional performance. For preschoolers, does
the disability adversely affect progress toward the early learning standards for language development,
communication, and/or early literacy? Consider how
the student’s disability is affecting his or her
progress toward meeting grade-level reading standards/early learning standards. Check “Yes” if the
disability is adversely affecting the student’s ability to meet grade-level reading standards/early learning
standards. Check “No” if the disability has no adverse effect on reading/early literacy skills.
The decision as to whether a student has the most significant cognitive disability whose achievement is
aligned with alternate achievement standards is made by the IEP team using DPI Model Form I-7-A:
Participation Guidelines For Alternate Assessment. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2).
A student with the most significant cognitive disability typically is characterized as functioning at least
two and one half to three standard deviations below the mean in both adaptive behavior and cognitive
functioning; performs substantially below grade-level expectations on the academic content standards
for the grade in which they are enrolled, even with the use of adaptations and accommodations; and
requires extensive, direct individualized instruction and substantial supports to achieve measurable
gains across all content areas and settings. Students with the most significant cognitive disabilities are
instructed using alternate academic achievement standards called the Essential Elements in English
language arts, mathematics, and science. These standards
are aligned with the general education
curriculum. The IEP team may not choose alternate achievement standards for only some academic
areas. Students who meet the eligibility criteria for alternate academic achievement standards may be
classified in any of the disability categories, with the exception of specific learning disability (See Guide
to Determining Students with the Most Significant Cognitive Disabilities).
F. Summary of Disability-Related Needs
Based on a root cause analysis of the
effects of the student’s disability, list
and number the disability-related
needs.34 CFR § 300.320(a)(2)(i)(A);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(b).
At this point in the IEP team meeting a great deal of information about the student has been shared (e.g.,
student’s strengths, current academic achievement and functional performance, special factors,
concerns of the family, and effects of the disability)
. It is important to pause and summarize the
disability-related needs that have been identified.
Disability-related needs relate to both academic achievement and functional performance and may
include reading or other academic content areas, cognitive learning, communication, independence and
self-determination, physical/health, and social and emotional learning.
137
Back to Table of Contents
A disability-related need reflects characteristics of the student’s disability that have an effect on access,
engagement, and progress in reading in relation to grade level standards and instruction. This may
include needs related to the acquisition of aca
demic skills such as phonemic awareness,
phonics/decoding, reading fluency, vocabulary development, reading comprehension, number sense,
and ability to manipulate numbers. A disability-related need may also relate to functional skill needs
such as social-emotional, behavioral, self-regulation, mobility, sensory, and others that affect access
and engagement in curriculum, instruction and other activities. The IEP team determines if the student
has a particular disability-related need.
The disability-related needs are identified by conducting a root cause analysis asking why the student is
not achieving grade-level standards or functional expectations.
The IEP team digs deep into this
analysis, asking why multiple times to identify the root cause(s). This includes why the student is not
able to access, be involved in, or make progress in the general education curriculum and why the student
is not achieving grade-level reading standards/early learning standards. The team must consider and
document the disability-related needs unique to each student, regardless of their areas of impairment,
including students who are identified solely with a speech and language disability It is important to
consider the effects of a speech and language impairment on reading achievement and other academic
areas and functional performance. If the student is reading below grade level, the IEP team must
consider why the student is not reading at grade level. If the IEP team determines the disability adversely
affects reading (even if the student is identified solely with a speech and language impairment), then
the team must conduct a root cause analysis to identify the reasons. This will help ensure everyone on
the IEP team understands how the disability is affecting the student’s academic achievement and
functional performance and inform what goals and services are needed. Include reading needs, early
literacy needs, and needs due to special factors (if identified).
A suggested sentence starter for
developing a statement of disability-related need might be, “
The student needs to
develop/improve/increase X skill/behavior (related to root causes), so the student can Y (addresses
effect).For more information on identifying the disability-related needs refer to Step 2 of the 5-Step
Process at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/college-and-career-ready-ieps/learning-resources.
The needs are numbered for reference purposes, not to signify order of importance. The numbers are
referenced when developing the goals and should also be referenced in the Program Summary. This
will emphasize the linkages between the student’s needs and the goals and services.
138
Back to Table of Contents
Section II: Family Engagement
Research shows family engagement in a student’s education promotes improved outcomes. Document
how school staff will engage parent(s)/families in the education of the student (e.g., sharing resources,
communicating with parent(s)/families, building upon family strengths, connecting parents/families to
learning activities). The IEP team should only include strategies the district will provide to enable
greater family engagement in a student’s education. Any activity included in this section must be
implemented by the district. Parent(s) cannot be required to provide the strategies or activities that are
listed. This section should not be a restatement of when or how progress reports will be provided to
parent(s). Rather, it should capture the activities or strategies the district will use to help engage the
parent(s) and family in the student’s education.
Section III: Measurable Annual Goals
A. Before developing annual goals
34 CFR § 300.324(b)(1)(i) and
(b)(1)(ii); Wis. Stat. §§ 115.787(4)(a)1
& 2.
Before developing annual goals, the IEP team must review the previous IEP goals and progress. Review
form I-6 Interim Review of IEP Goals and form I-5 Annual Review of IEP Goals. Check “yes” or “no
to indicate whether the IEP team reviewed the student’s goals from the previous IEP. Check “not
applicable” if this is the student’s initial IEP and there are no previous goals to review, or this is not an
annual IEP meeting to develop the annual goals. See clarification/explanation regarding form I-5 and
the I-6 for additional guidance. If the student has not met their previous year’s goals, the IEP team
should determine why the student did not make sufficient progress and consider revising the goals and
services to help ensure the student will meet their goals during the period of the IEP. The IEP team must
revise the IEP, as appropriate, to address any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals and in
the general education curriculum.
B. Goal # (numbered)
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(2); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(2)(b); 71 Fed.
Reg. 46662 (Aug. 14, 2006).
Document each annual goal for the student. Each annual goal must include a goal statement, baseline
information, and the level of attainment. Be sure the team considers both academic and functional goals,
and each goal is measurable.
Measurable annual goals address the student’s disability-related needs so the student may be involved
in and make progress in the general education curriculum (in the case of a preschool child, participate
in age-appropriate activities and early learning standards). The IEP team must identify which disability-
related need is being addressed by the goal and the procedures for measuring progress and when
progress will be reported to parents. Each goal is numbered for reference in the Program Summary. The
numbers do not indicate priorities. Goals address disability related needs (the “why”) the student is not
able to access, be involved in or make progress in the general education curriculum. Each disability-
related need must be addressed by a corresponding goal and special education service, or in some rare
instances (e.g., transportation) by a special education service only.
139
Back to Table of Contents
Goals should be ambitious and achievable so that the gap in academic achievement or functional
performance is narrowed or closed during the period of the IEP. Each goal must address at least one
disability-related need. If the IEP team determines the student’s disability-related need affects reading,
the IEP must include a minimum of one goal to address this need. This may be a behavior goal if, for
example, the behavior is adversely affecting access to the general education reading curriculum and
instruction.
1. Goal statement, a. baseline and b. level
of attainment
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(2); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(2)(b).
The goal statement should describe the desired skill or targeted area of achievement to address a
disability-related need (e.g., the student will increase decoding skills). It is developed and read in
conjunction with the baseline (the student is able to decode grade-level multisyllabic words with 50%
accuracy) and level of attainment (by the end of the year, the student will decode grade-level
multisyllabic words with 98% accuracy). A suggested sentence starter when developing a goal statement
might be, The student will improve/increase/develop X (related to root cause).” The associated baseline
and level of attainment are included with the goal statement or under 1.a. and 1.b. The baseline is the
student’s current level of performance related to the goal. The level of attainment is how much growth
is anticipated during the period of the IEP, or what level of proficiency is expected at the end of the
period. The baseline and level of attainment must align, using the same method of measurement (e.g.,
percentage). The goal should be specific, measurable, ambitious yet achievable, designed to address the
student’s disability-related need, and time limited.
Annual goals such as “pass all classes,” “take classes to meet graduation requirements,” or “receive a
C in the regular education class” apply to all students and do not meet the standards for an annual goal.
A goal such as “increase reading proficiency” does not provide a level of specificity required to address
a student’s disability-related need. The goal must address why the student is not reading at grade-level
proficiency. Refer to the department’s webpage for guidance on developing goal statements, and
determining baseline and level of attainment (Step 3 of the 5-Step Process at
https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/college-and-career-ready-ieps/learning-resources).
When a goal includes benchmarks or short-term objectives, if at all possible, the annual goal should
include a baseline and level of attainment. In the rare occasion when this is not possible, a separate
baseline and level of attainment for the goal is not required if each benchmark or short-term objective
is directly related to the goal and each benchmark or short-term objective includes a baseline and level
of attainment.
140
Back to Table of Contents
2. Benchmarks or short-term objectives
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(2)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(bm).
If a student is taking the alternate assessment (Dynamic Learning Maps) aligned to alternate
achievement standards (Wisconsin Essential Elements), benchmarks or short-term objectives are
required for all annual goals. Benchmarks or short-term objectives describe the amount of progress the
student is expected to make within specific segments of the year. Benchmarks or short-term objectives
break the skills described in the annual goal into discrete measurable intermediate steps. There is no
requirement to develop a benchmark or short-term objective for each alternate achievement standard.
While short-
term objectives or benchmarks are only required for students who take the alternate
assessment aligned to alternate achievement standards, they may also be included in IEPs of students
who do not take the alternate assessment.
If the student has a most significant cognitive disability and is taking the alternate assessment, each
benchmark or short-term objective must have a baseline and level of attainment.
If the student is not taking the alternate assessment but their IEP goals have benchmarks or short-term
objectives, each benchmark or short-
term objective does not need to have a baseline or level of
attainment as long as the annual goal contains a baseline and level of attainment, and each short-term
objective relates to the goal statement.
When benchmarks or short-term objectives are used to measure the annual goal, all benchmarks or
short-term objectives must be attained in order for the goal to be considered met.
However, if the goal refers to the short-term objective, such as “as measured by the objectives below,”
each benchmark or objective must include a baseline and level of attainment.
3. Annual goal addresses disability-related
need(s)
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(2)(i)(A).
Record the number that corresponds to the disability-related need being addressed by the goal. Refer to
Section I Summary of Disability-Related Needs on the I-4 form to identify which need(s) the goal
addresses. A goal may address more than one need. A need may be addressed by more than one goal.
4. Procedures for measuring the student’s
progress…
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(3)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(h)1.
Identify the procedures (i.e., what methods or procedures will be used to collect data needed to make
ongoing decisions about student progress toward annual goal achievement and to report progress to
parents?) that will be used to measure a student’s progress toward meeting the measurable annual goals.
Examples of procedures include curriculum-based measures, rubrics, work samples, classroom tests,
observations, logs, attendance records, and point or tally sheets. The measures used to determine
progress must align with the baseline and level of attainment measures
(e.g., keeping a tally of
percentage correct), apply to the particular goal and be as specific as possible.
141
Back to Table of Contents
5. When will reports about the student’s
progress…
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(3)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(h)2
Parents of students with disabilities must be informed periodically about their student’s progress toward
meeting the measurable annual goals. Identify when parents will be informed of their student’s progress.
Interim reporting on annual goal progress may be done through quarterly or other periodic reports issued
concurrently with report cards. LEAs may use form I-6 Interim Review of IEP Goals to document
reports on the student’s progress. Refer to the clarification/explanation in this guide regarding the I-6
for more guidance.
Section IV: Program Summary
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(4);
Wis. Stat.§ 115.787(2)(c).
The IEP team must determine the special education services (including supplementary aids and services,
specially designed instruction, related services, and/or program modifications or supports for school
personnel) needed to meet the student’s disability-related needs, including needs relating to the special
factors, and allow the student to make progress in the general education curriculum. These services
should be documented in the Program Summary.
Special education services must be provided at no cost to the student or the student’s parents. “At no
cost” means the specially designed instruction, related services, and supplementary aids and services
are provided to the student without charge. Incidental fees that are normally charged to students without
disabilities or their parents as part of the regular education program are permitted. Specify the duration
of the services if different from the beginning and ending dates of the IEP. If the duration of a service
is not different from the beginning and ending dates of the IEP, it is not necessary to specify the duration.
Identify where the services will be provided (e.g., regular education classroom). The location specified
in the Program Summary should be consistent with information about the student’s participation in the
regular education environment (Section VI.). Based on this information, parents and staff should clearly
be able to determine the amount of time the student will be removed (if any) from the regular education
classroom or environment. Statements with multiple locations such as “regular education or special
education classroom” does not meet this requirement because it is unclear how much time the student
will spend in each environment.
The IEP team must determine the supplementary aids and services, special education, related services,
and program modifications and supports for school personnel that will allow the student to (a) access,
be involved in and make progress in the general education curriculum; (b) be educated and participate
with other students with and without disabilities t
o the extent appropriate; (c) participate in
extracurricular and other nonacademic activities; and (d) advance appropriately toward attaining the
annual IEP goals. These services should be aligned to the annual goals and/or the disability-related
needs. For more information on aligning special education services, refer to Step 4 of the 5-Step Process
at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/college-and-career-ready-ieps/resources).
142
Back to Table of Contents
IEP beginning and ending dates
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(7); Wis.
Stat. §115.787(2)(f).
Enter the projected beginning and ending dates for the IEP services and modifications to be provided to
the student. The dates must include the month, day, and year. These dates only include scheduled school
days during the regular school term, unless otherwise specified. The dates on this part of the I-4 form
should match the projected implementation date on the Determination and Notice of Placement (form
P-1 (initial placement) and P-2).
A. Supplementary Aids and Services
34 CFR § 300.320 (a)(4); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(2)(c)
Once a student is determined to need special education, the IEP team should first consider the student’s
need for supplementary aids and services to be educated with nondisabled students. State and federal
special education law requires that students with disabilities are educated in
the least restrictive
environment. Supplementary aids and services are aids, services, and other supports provided in general
education classes or other education-related settings to enable a student with a disability to be educated
with nondisabled students to the maximum extent appropriate. These aids and services include things
such as assistive technology, accessible instruction materials, and/or other accommodations which assist
the student to access and achieve in the general education environment. If assistive technology devices
are provided, specify the type that will be used. Specifying the particular brand is not required. The
frequency and amount of time specified for each service must be appropriate to the service and stated
in a manner that can be understood by all involved in developing and implementing the IEP. If the
frequency and amount cannot be appropriately specified in terms of hours and minutes, describe the
circumstances under which the aids and services will be provided. In determining the supplementary
aids and services needed to address the student’s IEP goals and disability-related needs, review Need
for Special Education in the Evaluation Report, ER-1, for needed modifications and accommodations,
if any, that can be made in the general education program that will allow the student to access the general
education curriculum and meet the education standards that apply to all students. List the corresponding
annual goal number(s) that each supplementary aid or service supports (e.g., the student is provided a
study guide outline to help the student improve reading comprehension, one of his IEP goals). In some
situations, there may not be a corresponding goal. In those situations, it is acceptable to identify the
disability-related need(s) supported by the aids and services (e.g., a high school student may receive
books on tape to enable the student to access the general education curriculum due to the student’s
disability-
related needs that affect reading). If the student does not need supplementary aids and
services, check “None needed.”
143
Back to Table of Contents
B. Special Education/Specially Designed
Instruction
34 CFR § 300.320 (a)(4); Wis.
Stat.§ 115.787(2)(c).
C. Related Services Needed to Benefit
from Special Education
34 CFR § 300.320 (a)(4); Wis.
Stat.§ 115.787(2)(c).
Special Education/Specially Designed Instruction
is specially designed instruction adapting, as
appropriate to the needs of an eligible student, the content, methodology, or delivery of instruction to
address the unique needs of the student that result from the student’s disability and ensuring access of
the student to the general curriculum, so the student can meet the educational standards of the district
that apply to all students. Examples of special education are “specially designed instruction in reading
comprehension,” “specially designed instruction in daily living skills,” “specially designed instruction
in emotional regulation and social skills,” and “speech and language therapy.” In Wisconsin, speech
and language pathology services may be listed as either a special education or a related service. LEAs
may choose to use reading teachers to provide specially design instruction in reading as outlined in a
student’s IEP. Review the Need for Special Education in the Evaluation Report, ER-1, for needed
specially designed instruction. Identify which corresponding annual goal(s) is addressed by the specially
designed instruction. A student who is identified as needing special education, must receive specially
designed instruction to address at least one IEP goal.
Related Services Needed to Benefit from Special Education are transportation and developmental,
corrective, and other supportive services to include “Intervener” for students meeting criteria under
deafblind, required to assist a student with a disability to benefit from special education. The list of
related services on form I-4 is not an exhaustive list. The IEP team must consider whether the student
needs related services. If the student does not need related services, check “None needed.” If the student
needs one or more related services, check the services needed. Describe the service or device so it is
clear to staff responsible for implementing the IEP what service or device they are providing. For
instance, describe the type of assistive technology service or device to be provided, and describe the
transportation that will be provided for the student. If a service the student needs does not appear on the
list, check “other” and list the service needed. Review the Need for Special Education in the Evaluation
Report, ER-1, for needed services. For each related service, identify the corresponding annual goal(s).
In some situations, there may not be a corresponding goal. In those situations, it is acceptable to only
identify the disability-related need(s) (e.g., Because of the student’s orthopedic impairment and inability
to walk more than a block, the IEP team included door-to-door transportation in the student’s IEP as a
related service.). Note that only students meeting criteria under Blind and Vi
sually Impaired or
Deafblind may receive Orientation and Mobility services from an O&M specialist. Consider adding
“travel training” under specially designed instruction when needed for students who meet criteria under
other disability categories.
144
Back to Table of Contents
D. Program Modifications of Supports for
School Personnel
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(4); Wis.
Stat.§ 115.787(2)(c).
Program modifications or Supports for School Personnel are services or activities needed by teachers
and other school personnel to provide services to students with disabilities. The IEP team must consider
whether program modifications or supports for school personnel are needed. If such services are needed,
describe the services. If they are not needed, check “None needed.” Identify the goals or needs addressed
by the modifications or supports by recording the associated number. For instance, consultation may be
needed to help the general education teacher better understand the student’s disability-related need and
how it impacts academic achievement in their subject area. Some examples of program modifications
or supports for school personnel might include “consultation between general and special education
teacher,” “assistance modifying an assignment,” “training in nonviolent crisis intervention,” or “literacy
training.”
There may be a relationship between supplementary aids and services for students and program
modifications or supports for school personnel. For example, if a student needs assistance transferring
from one chair to another (supplementary service), a teacher or paraprofessional may need instruction
from a physical therapist on how to safely transfer the student (program support for school personnel).
Frequency/amount, location and duration
of services
Frequency & Amount
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(7);
Wis. Stat.§ 115.787(2)(f).
State the services in the IEP so the level of the LEA’s commitment of resources is clear to the parents
and other IEP team members. The amount of time to be committed to each of the various services must
be appropriate to the specific service and stated in a manner that can be understood by all involved in
developing and implementing the IEP. Whenever possible, the IEP should describe services using hours
or minutes provided daily, or as appropriate, weekly allotments of hours or minutes. “One hour daily,
“20 minutes three times per week,” or “40 minutes per week” are acceptable statements.
The amount of time may be stated in a narrow range, but only if the student’s IEP team determines use
of a range is appropriate based on the student’s unique needs (e.g., “Occupational Therapy, Weekly, 20-
30 minutes depending on student’s level of fatigue indicated by inability to maintain an upright posture
for 5 minutes”). A range may not be used for administrative convenience, such as personnel shortages
or uncertainty regarding the availability of staff. Stating the amount of service as a minimum is not
acceptable because it is not a clear commitment of resources (e.g., “a minimum of 15 minutes three
times per week”).
If it is not appropriate to state the amount of a service in hours or minutes, then clearly describe the
circumstances under which the service will be provided and for how long. Statements such as “as
needed, as deemed necessary,” “when appropriate,” “per teacher discretion,or “available daily” do
not make clear the LEA’s level of commitment of resources. Use specific objective criteria to describe
when a particular service will be provided. This makes it clear when the service must be provided. The
frequency and amount boxes on for I-4 for Supplementary Aids and Services in the Program Summary
are merged to accommodate a description of the circumstances.
145
Back to Table of Contents
Location
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(7);
Wis. Stat.§ 115.787(2)(f).
Duration
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(7); Wis.
Stat.§ 115.787(2)(f).
Addresses Goal(s) #
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(4)(i); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(c)(1).
Addresses Need(s) #
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(2); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(b).
Sometimes the IEP team decides a student’s self-advocacy skills need to be developed. They want to
encourage the student to realize when they need help and to ask for it. In this case, it is appropriate to
include an annual goal to develop self-advocacy skills. In such a case, do not state the amount and
frequency of the service as “upon student request.The amount and frequency of the service must be
clearly described.
The location refers to the setting in which particular services will be provided. For example, a service
may be provided in a general education classroom, a special education resource room, or in both. The
extent of removal from the regular education environment, if any, must be clear. If a service will be
provided in two or more locations, if possible, the frequency and amount should be specified for each
location.
If the frequency and amount is dependent upon circumstances, then the primary location
should be specified and the circumstances for removal should be described under section VI-A,
“Participation in Regular Education Environment (describe the extent to which the student will be
removed from the regular education environment to receive special education services). If a
supplementary aid and service applies to all environment and does not affect removal,
then it is
sufficient to state “general education/special education” or “across all environments” as the location.
If a service will be provided for a period of time different from the projected beginning and ending
date(s) of the IEP listed under the program summary section, enter the beginning date and the ending
date of the service.
When the student’s annual goals were developed, each goal was given a number. Each supplementary
aid and service, special education/specially designed instruction, related
service, and/or program
modification or support for school personnel should be explicitly linked to an annual goal(s) and the
goal number(s) must be listed on the corresponding row.
When the student’s disability-related need(s) were developed, each disability-related need was given a
number. Each supplementary aids and services, related service, and/or program modifications or
supports for school personnel should be explicitly linked to a disability-related need(s) and the number
must be listed on the corresponding row. Please note that the special education/specially designed
instruction table does not have a disability-related need column because it will always be linked to an
annual goal (which is linked to a disability-related need).
146
Back to Table of Contents
Section V:Student Participation
A. Participation in Regular Education
Environment
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(5),
§ 300.114(a)(2), and § 300.116; Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(2)(d).
Question 1
Each student must participate with nondisabled peers in regular education environments, or for
preschoolers in age-appropriate settings, to the maximum extent appropriate
. This requirement
addresses where the student will be, not what will be taught. Removal from the regular education
environment must only occur when the student cannot be satisfactorily educated in that environment
with the use of supplementary aids and services. A student may not be removed from education in age-
appropriate general education classrooms
solely because of needed modifications in the general
education curriculum. The IEP team must decide whether the student will be full time in the regular
education environment. If not, the team must determine the extent of the removal and document it in
the IEP. This includes students on a shortened day.
It is important that IEP teams consider the student
s ability to participate in extracurricular and
nonacademic activities with nondisabled peers. If the student needs any supplementary aids and services
to participate in those activities, they must be documented in the Program Summary. The LEA must
take steps, including providing supplementary aids and services, to provide nonacademic and
extracurricular services and activities in the manner necessary to afford students with disabilities an
equal opportunity to participate. Nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities may include
general counseling services available to all students, athletics, transportation, health services,
recreational activities, special interest groups or clubs sponsored by the LEA, referrals to agencies that
provide assista
nce to individuals with disabilities, and employment of students, including both
employment by the LEA and assistance in making outside employment available. The LEA must ensure
each student participates in the services and activities, including meals and recess periods, to the
maximum extent appropriate.
If a student will participate full time with nondisabled peers in regular education (or for preschoolers,
in age-appropriate settings), check the first box in Section V. No explanation is necessary.
If the student will not participate full-time with non-disabled peers in the regular education environment
(including extracurricular and nonacademic activities), check the box. Make sure this box is checked if
a location other than the regular education classroom or environment (or age-appropriate setting for a
preschooler) is listed under “Location” in the Program Summary. Proceed to question 1 and enter a
response.
Question 1: If the student will not participate full-time with non-disabled peers, describe the extent of
The description of the extent of removal should be consistent with the frequency, amount and location
of services documented in the Program Summary. This includes students on a shortened day.
147
Back to Table of Contents
B. Participation in Physical Education
34 CFR § 300.108.
In the context of this form and with the input of stakeholders, we use the term adapted physical
education. In practice, “adapted physical education” and “specially designed physical education” are
used interchangeably. Both adapted physical education and specially designed physical education may
be provided in the regular education environment or another placement and may be provided one-on-
one in a small or large group.
Since instruction in physical education is included in the definition of special education, the IEP team
must determine the extent to which the student can access the general physical education program
available to nondisabled peers, in addition to the extent to which physical education is required as
specially designed instruction to meet the student’s unique needs. OSEP Policy Letter 21-01, May 12,
2021. Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the student will participate in general physical
education, adapted physical education, or not applicable (if the student is in a grade-level where physical
education is not offered and the student does not require adapted physical instruction as part of a FAPE).
The LEA must ensure physical education is available to every student with a disability unless the LEA
does not provide physical education to students without disabilities in the same grade. If a student with
a disability needs adapted physical education in order to receive FAPE, then it must be provided
regardless of whether physical education is provided to other students in the same grade. Each student
with a disability must be afforded the opportunity to participate in the general physical education
program available to nondisabled students, unless the student is enrolled full time in a separate facility,
or the student needs adapted physical education as described in the student’s IEP.
When physical education is designed for a student with a disability, it is special education. If the content
of the general physical education class needs to be adapted to address the unique needs of the student
that result from the student’s disability to ensure access of the student to the general physical education
curriculum, then the student requires specially designed instruction in physical education or adapted
physical education. Physical education includes the development of physical and motor fitness;
fundamental motor skills and patterns; and skills in aquatics, dance, individual and group games, and
sports (including intramural and lifetime sports). It also includes special physical education, adaptive
physical education, movement education, and motor development. Adapted physical education must
address a disability-related need(s). If the IEP team determines the student needs adapted physical
education, there must be information about the student’
s current level of academic
achievement/functional performance related to the need for adaptive physical education, a
corresponding goal to address the need(s) and adapted physical education must be documented in the
special education/specially designed instruction section Program Summary with the appropriate
frequency and amount, duration, location and linked goal(s).
148
Back to Table of Contents
If the duration of the IEP crosses over between two school years, and the student is in a grade-level
where physical education is not offered and then in a grade where physical education is offered, check
the box (regular or specially designed PE) that will apply to the year the student is in a grade where
physical education is provided. If the student will be in specially designed physical education in the
year in which physical education is offered, be sure to clearly describe the duration of the services in
the special education/specially designed instruction line for specially designed physical education.
149
Back to Table of Contents
I-5 Annual Review of IEP Goals
The IEP team must review the IEP at least annually to determine whether the annual goals for the student are being achieved and revise the IEP as
appropriate to address any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals and in the general education curriculum.
Form I-5 is only completed if the student had an IEP during the previous school year. Before developing annual goals, use Form I-5 to document the
review of the previous IEP goals and progress. The purpose of the review is to determine if the student met the previous year’s goals (including
benchmarks/short term objectives, if applicable), and if not, address the lack of progress through the development of the new annual IEP. This may
include revising and/or adding goals and services.
Form I-5 is a moment in time review. Therefore, if goals were updated/changed/ended during the term of the IEP, the I-5 should reflect the most recent
goals the student was working on at the time of the annual review. If goals are updated/changed/ended during the term of the IEP, these changes must be
clearly documented in the IEP. Model form I-6 is one place that those kinds of changes can be clearly documented.
Rows may be added to the form as needed for the number of goals for each student.
When a student is dismissed from special education, the student is no longer eligible for special education services and the IEP is not revised. DPI
recommends, however, documenting detailed notes about the student’s current level of performance, their progression, and how the student met the goals
in their previous IEP. It is permissible, but not required, to use the model I-5 form to document the progress on the previous IEP’s goals.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
WISEid (if known)
Date of Annual Goal Review
Goal #:____
□ Met □ Not Met
34 CFR § 300.324(b)(1)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(4)(a)1.
Goal statement, and, if applicable, short-
term objectives
The WISEid area is included in the forms to allow vendors to use information on IEP forms for data
collection purposes.
The IEP team must review the student’s IEP periodically, but at least annually, to determine whether
the annual goals for the student are being achieved. List the date of the meeting where the goals are
being reviewed.
List each goal number and check whether or not it was met.
List each annual goal, including the baseline and level of attainment (and, if applicable, short-term
objectives or benchmarks).
150
Back to Table of Contents
Student’s current progress (include data)
34 CFR § 300.324(b)(1)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(4)(a)1.
Describe the student’s current level of performance relative to the goal or short-term objectives. Provide
available data (attach reports, when appropriate). The data must match
the baseline and level of
attainment in the goal so the amount of progress may be determined.
Include factors affecting lack of progress
and plan to address it in the new IEP
34 CFR § 300.324(b)(1)(ii)(A);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(4)(a)2.a.
If the student met the goal, check the N.A. box. If the student did not meet the goal, describe how the
new IEP will be revised to address the lack of progress. Review effects of disability (section E of form
I-4) and summary of disability-related needs (section F of form I-4) to examine why the student did not
make sufficient progress toward the annual goals. In order to know how to revise the IEP, it is important
to understand what impact the student’s disability has on academic achievement and functional
performance and address the student’s disability-related needs. It may be necessary to conduct a root
cause analysis to determine why the student did not make sufficient progress. Revise the IEP to address
the disability-related needs. Revisions documented on Form I-5 must be included in the new IEP.
151
Back to Table of Contents
I-6 Interim Review of IEP Goals
Form I-6 may be used to document progress toward the IEP goals and to provide a report to the parents of the student. Form I-4 (section IV.B.5.) specifies
when progress will be reported to the parents. Often progress on IEP goals is reported on a quarterly basis in conjunction with quarterly report cards. If
a student is not making sufficient progress toward achieving their goals within the term of the IEP, the IEP team should discuss the lack of progress and
any needed revisions to the IEP. The IEP can be updated to reflect any agreed upon changes as long as it is not a change in the student’s placement,
including location or the amount of services or time the student is with non-disabled peers.
Reports about the student’s progress toward meeting the annual goal do not have to be made in writing, however the sharing of information must be
documented somehow. Form I-6 serves as a place to provide this documentation.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
WISEid (if known)
The WISEid area is included in the forms to allow vendors to use information on IEP forms for data
collection purposes.
Date of review
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(3)(ii); Wis.
Stat. § 115.787(2)(h)2.
Document the date when the IEP was reviewed. For example, if the IEP is reviewed quarterly,
document each date the IEP is reviewed.
Annual goal, including baseline and level
of attainment.
For each goal, include the goal number and goal statement, baseline and level of attainment. Include
short term objectives or benchmarks, if appropriate. This allows for easy comparison with the
student’s current level of performance.
Student’s current progress (include data)
Document the student’s current progress, including data. This data will be used to determine if the
student is making sufficient progress. Include data that matches the measurement in the annual goal.
For example, if the baseline states, “Given 100 single syllable words at the beginning first grade level,
the student is able to accurately decode 50% of the words,” an appropriate statement might be:
“progress data shows the student is now able to decode 75% of the words, given 100 single syllable
words at the beginning first grade level.”
Is the student making sufficient progress to
meet the annual goal during the term of the
IEP?
Check “Yes” or “No” to document whether the student is making sufficient progress toward achieving
the goal within the specified time period.
152
Back to Table of Contents
How will the IEP be revised to address any
lack of sufficient progress?
If the student is making sufficient progress to meet the goal, check the N.A. box. If the student is not
making sufficient progress, describe how the IEP will be revised to address the lack of progress.
Review effects of disability (section E of form I-4) and summary of disability-related needs (section F
of form I-4) to examine why the student did not make sufficient progress toward the annual goal. In
order to know how to revise the IEP, it is important to understand what impact the student’s disability
has on academic achievement and functional performance and address the student’s disability-related
needs. It may be necessary to conduct a root cause analysis to determine why the student did not make
sufficient progress. Revise the IEP to address the disability-related needs. Revisions documented on
Form I-6 must be included in the revised IEP.
Date shared with parent.
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(3)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(h)2.
Document the date the progress report is shared with parents.
153
Back to Table of Contents
I-7 Statewide and District-wide Assessments
A State must include students with disabilities in all assessments with appropriate accommodations. 34 CFR § 200.6. A student with a disability must
be assessed with an assessment aligned with the challenging academic standards for the grade in which the student is enrolled. 34 CFR § 200.6(a)(2)(i).
Any student who will take a statewide or district-wide assessment will have the corresponding I-7 form included in their IEP.
There are separate I-7 forms for district-wide assessment and each of the statewide assessments. These include:
I-7-District-Wide Assessment ;
I-7-ACCESS for ELLs®/Alternative ACCESS for ELLs™;
I-7 ACT® with writing;
I-7 PreACT® Secure;
I-7 DLM®; and
I-7 Forward.
The IEP team must consider the student’s grade level and which assessments they will participate in during the term of the IEP. The IEP team determines
if a student will take an alternate assessment on a particular statewide or district-wide assessment. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e)2.
When a student will be in a grade in which a statewide or a district-wide assessment is given, the IEP team completes the applicable I-7 form. All sections
of the appropriate form related to the required assessments must be completed. If the student will be in a grade in which only a district-wide assessment
is given, form I-7 District-wide Assessment is the only form to be completed.
Implementation Considerations:
The IEP team must consider appropriate accommodations that are necessary to measure the academic achievement and functional performance of the
student on statewide or district-wide assessments. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e). LEAs should monitor appropriate use of
accommodations by comparing the assessment accommodations provided during testing with those required by students’ IEPs. Students who need
accommodations in order to participate in a statewide or district-wide assessment most likely need the same accommodations in the classroom or to
complete schoolwork. Accommodations should:
• be consistent with day-to-day instructional methods;
• not be introduced during testing for the first time (students should be comfortable using accommodations); and
• enhance access what is being measured.
If the student will be in grades 4, 8, or 12 during the next 12 months, they are eligible to participate in the National Assessment for Educational
Progress (NAEP). The LEA may use the accommodations listed for the statewide assessment when administering NAEP. More information about
NAEP Accommodations and Supports is available at http://nces.ed.gov/nationsreportcard/about/inclusion.asp. Schools participating in NAEP should
visit their MyNAEP webpage (www.mynaep.com) to review specific accommodations policies for the upcoming NAEP administration.
154
Back to Table of Contents
Typically, assessment accommodations are only considered for the grade(s) the student will be in during the term of the IEP. However, in some
instances, test vendors require accommodation approvals many months prior to the student taking the assessment. In those instances, it may be
appropriate for the IEP team to discuss the assessment the year before the assessment will be given as long as IEP team members understand that the
assessment will be the following year.
Permissible accommodations vary by the individual assessment. A list of permitted accommodations for students with disabilities participating in
statewide assessments are at the following links:
I-7-ACCESS for ELLs/Alternative ACCESS for ELLs: http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/ell/accommodations;
I-7 ACT® with writing: https://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/act/accommodations;
I-7 PreACT® Secure: https://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/PreACT/accommodations;
I-7 DLM®: http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/dlm/accommodations; and
I-7 Forward: http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/forward/accommodations.
155
Back to Table of Contents
I-7-A Participation Guidance for Alternative Assessment
Implementation Considerations:
IEP teams determine the curriculum and assessments (and whether or not accommodations are needed) students participate in. The IEP team determines
if a student will take an alternate assessment on a particular statewide or district-wide assessment. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e)2.
Form I-7-A is used only when an IEP team considers whether a student should participate in an alternate assessment because the student is instructed
using the alternate standards (known in Wisconsin as the Wisconsin Essential Elements). Under the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA), only students
with the most significant cognitive disabilities (typically 1% of the statewide student population) should be instructed using alternate achievement
standards and assessed using an alternate assessment. 34 CFR § 200.6(c)(2).
ESSA required each state to develop a definition of most significant cognitive disability. A student with the most significant cognitive disabilities may
be assessed with an alternate assessment aligned with the challenging academic content standards for the grade in which the student is enrolled and the
alternate academic achievement standards. 34 CFR § 200.6(a)(2)(ii)(B). Wisconsin’s definition was developed through a stakeholder process and states
in order to define a student having a most significant cognitive disability, the IEP team must review student records and determine
the student is typically characterized as functioning at least two and a half to three standard deviations below the mean in both adaptive behavior
and cognitive functioning;
the student performs substantially below grade level expectations on the academic content standards for the grade in which they are enrolled,
even with the use of adaptions and accommodations; and
the student requires extensive, direct, individualized instruction and substantial supports to achieve measurable gains, across all content areas and
settings.
ESSA also requires districts to ensure that parents are clearly informed, as part of the IEP process, that they understand that their students’ academic
achievement will be measured based on such alternate standards and how participation in such assessments may delay or otherwise affect the student
from completing the requirements for a regular high school diploma. 34 CFR § 200.6(d)(3). It is critical that IEP teams are knowledgeable and parent(s)
are informed about the long term implications for future educational opportunities in determining whether a particular student should be instructed using
alternate achievement standards and assessed using alternate assessments.
Participation in the alternate assessment or alternate achievement standards must not be based solely on any of the 14 categories listed on the bottom of
the form.
Directions for completing the Participation Guidelines for Alternate Assessment are included on the form. A student must meet all three participation
criteria in order to be eligible to receive instruction based on alternate achievement standards and take an alternate assessment. In a given year, students
must participate in either all general education assessments or all alternate assessments, not parts of both. Additional information about alternate
assessment is available at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics/assessment.
156
Back to Table of Contents
I-7 District-wide Assessment
Implementation Considerations:
District-wide assessments are tests given at the district level and can apply to students in all grade levels (4K-12). Districts often use district-wide
formative or interim assessments as part of a strategic assessment plan to inform instruction and benchmark or monitor a student’s progress. It is important
that IEP teams consider all of those assessments and any needed accommodations (as appropriate). 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2).
District-wide assessments extend beyond screeners or interim assessments. District-wide assessments include the high school civics test requirement and
the assessment for reading readiness. While required by state law, both the assessment of reading readiness (required for 4k-2nd grade) and the statewide
civics graduation requirement are a responsibility at the district level. Therefore, they are considered a district-wide assessments, and the determination
about the student’s participation should be documented on I-7 District-wide Assessment form.
Students with disabilities must be included in district-wide assessments unless the IEP team determines that an alternate to the district-wide assessment is
appropriate. Alternate assessments are intended only for students with the most significant cognitive disabilities. For more details about the definition of
most significant cognitive disability,” see the Participation Guidelines for Alternate Assessment (DPI Model Form I-7-A). If the student will be taking an
alternate district-wide assessment, the Participation Guidelines for Alternate Assessment form must be included with the IEP.
IEP teams will need to have access to accommodations guidelines for the district-wide assessment(s) their district uses at each grade level in order to
ensure the assessments are not invalidated.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
District-wide assessment
Civics test requirement
Wis. Stat. §§ 118.33(1m)(a)1. and 2.a.
Complete this section if the student is taking district-wide assessment(s) including the civics exam and
assessment for reading readiness.
The IEP team must consider whether the student will take the civics test
and whether or not
accommodations are needed. Wisconsin statute requires that students graduating from a Wisconsin high
school take a civics test comprised of 100 questions that are identical to the 100 questions that may be
asked of an individual during the process of applying for U.S. citizenship by the United States
Citizenship and Immigration Services. Parents do not have the ability to "opt out” their student from
this test; however, a student’s IEP team may decide the test is not appropriate for the student and the
student does not have to take the test. Although a student with an IEP must take the civics test unless
the IEP team determines it is not appropriate, an LEA may not condition graduation on the successful
completion of the test. If the student has already taken the civics test, check the box, The student has
already taken the civics test.” If the student is not in high school, check “The student is not eligible.”
Students are eligible to take the civics test until they graduate with a regular diploma or reach maximum
age (21).
157
Back to Table of Contents
If the IEP team determines it appropriate to administer the civics test, check the applicable box and
document the civics test in the district-wide assessment table to consider and document whether
accommodations are needed. If the IEP team determines it is not appropriate to administer the high
school civics test to the student, the box documenting that it is not appropriate must be checked and the
student does not have to participate in the test. For additional information see the civics test FAQ.
District-wide assessment(s) the student
will take:
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Consider the districts practice for district-wide assessment(s). List all district-wide assessment(s) the
student will take, including the civics test, if appropriate. Use a separate row for each assessment.
Are accommodations needed? (yes/no)
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e).
For each district-wide assessment in which the student will participate, indicate
whether or not the
student will need accommodations.
If yes, describe the accommodations
needed
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e).
If the student will be in a grade where a district-wide assessment will be given, the IEP must include a
statement of any individual appropriate accommodations that are necessary to measure the academic
achievement and functional performance of the student on district-wide assessments. If the IEP team
determines the student needs an accommodation on a district-wide assessment, it must be provided.
List the needed accommodations.
Alternate District Wide Assessment
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e)2.
Alternate assessment(s) the student will
take:
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e)2.
If the IEP team determines that a student will take an alternate district-wide assessment, the IEP must
include the name of the assessment, a statement of why the student cannot participate in the general
education district-wide assessment and why the particular alternate assessment is appropriate. Consider
the district’s practice for district-wide assessment(s). List each alternate assessment the student will
take on a separate row.
Describe why the student cannot
participate in the district-wide assessment
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e)2.
If the IEP team determines the student will take an alternate district-wide assessment, the IEP must
describe why the student cannot participate in the regular assessment as required under state law.
158
Back to Table of Contents
Describe why the particular alternate
district-wide assessment is appropriate
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e)2.
Are accommodations needed? (yes/no)
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e).
If the IEP team determines the student will take an alternate district-wide assessment, the IEP must
describe why the particular alternate assessment chosen is appropriate as required under state law.
Indicate whether or not the student will need accommodations on each district-wide assessment.
If yes, describe the accommodations
needed
If the student will be in a grade where a district-wide assessment will be given
and an alternate
assessment will be provided, the IEP
must include a statement of any individual appropriate
accommodations that are necessary to measure the academic achievement and functional performance
of the student on alternate district-wide assessments. If the IEP team determines the student needs an
accommodation on an alternate district-wide assessment, it must be provided.
List the needed
accommodations.
159
Back to Table of Contents
I-7 ACCESS for ELLs®/Alternative ACCESS for ELLs
Under ESSA, all English Learner (EL) students with English Language Proficiency (ELP) levels 1-5 are required to take the state’s language assessment
regardless of disability status. Unlike other statewide assessments, the ACCESS for ELLs® is administered in all grades Kindergarten through 12th
grade. English learners with significant cognitive disabilities AND who are in Kindergarten, should participate in the ACCESS for ELLs® with or
without accommodations.
The worksheet Individualized Education Program: Participation in Statewide English Language Proficiency Assessment Checklist and Accommodations
is only applicable and should only be completed for students who are both limited English proficient/English Learner (LEP/EL) and have a disability.
This worksheet has been developed to help IEP teams determine which language assessment a student should take and describe the language
accommodations used, if any.
IEP teams are responsible for deciding annually whether students who are classified as EL and who have a disability will participate in (1) the ACCESS
for ELLs® with or without accommodations, or (2) the Alternate ACCESS for ELLs™ with or without accommodations. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2). In general, students will participate in the ACCESS for ELLs® with or without accommodations. If the IEP team determines a
student has a “most significant cognitive disabilityand DPI model form I-7-A Participation Guidelines for Alternate Assessments has been completed,
the student will take the Alternate ACCESS for ELLs.
Available test accommodations for I-7-ACCESS for ELLs®/Alternative ACCESS for ELLs™ (test administration procedures, accessibility tools, and
accommodations) are available at http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/ell/accommodations. If the IEP team identifies an appropriate accommodation that is not
listed, a written request for approval must be submitted to the DPI Office of Student Assessment at least two weeks prior to testing. Written consent for
any alternate accommodation must be granted prior to its use.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Complete “1” or “2”
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2).
A student may be considered an eligible candidate for the Alternate ACCESS for ELLsonly if the IEP
team can answer “yes” to all three of the participation criteria on form I-7-A. The Alternate ACCESS
for ELLs™ is an assessment for students in grades 1-12 with the most significant cognitive disabilities
for whom meaningful results cannot be obtained, even with accommodations on the ACCESS for
ELLs™. If the English Learner meets the guidelines for participating in the Alternate ACCESS for
ELLs™, the student
completes this assessment for all four language domains: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Once section 1 or 2 is checked, complete Section A, B, C, and additional
considerations.
Section A: Test Administration Procedures
Please list any test administration procedures needed by the student. Be sure to refer to the DPI Office
of Student Assessment webpage at http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/ell/accommodations for allowable test
administration procedures. Enter “None” if no test administration procedure accommodations are
needed.
Section B: Accessibility Tools
Please list any embedded or nonembedded accessibility tools needed by the student. Be sure to refer to
refer to the DPI Office of Student Assessment webpage at
160
Back to Table of Contents
http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/ell/accommodations for allowable embedded and nonembedded
accessibility tools. Enter “None” if no accessibility tools are needed.
Section C: Accommodations
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(e).
Within the grid, identify whether the student will participate with or without accommodations for each
four language domains. If the English Learner
needs one or more accommodations for a specific
language domain, check the “with accommodations” box and list the accommodation(s). Be sure to refer
to the DPI Office of Student Assessment webpage at http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/ell/accommodations
for allowable accommodations. Check the “without accommodations” box if no accommodations are
needed in a particular language domain. All 4 charts must be completed.
Additional Considerations
Please list any additional considerations.
161
Back to Table of Contents
I-7 The ACT® with writing
Implementation Considerations:
The ACT® with writing is administered in English, reading, writing, mathematics, and science in grade 11. Accommodations and supports are practices
and procedures that provide equitable access to grade-level content. They are intended to reduce or eliminate the effects of a student’s disability or level
of language acquisition; they do not reduce learning expectations. The accommodations or supports provided to a student should be consistent for
classroom instruction, classroom assessments, and district and state assessments. It is important to note that while some accommodations or supports
may be appropriate for instructional use, they may not be appropriate for use on a standardized assessment. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(e).
Disability-related documentation must be submitted for accommodations on the ACT with writing.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Section A: Universal Supports
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e).
The ACT with writing has Universal Supports available to all students. Universal Supports do not require
prior submission to ACT. Refer to the ACT Accessibility Supports Guide for a list of Universal Supports
(https://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/act/accommodations). Universal Supports should be documented in the
student’s IEP when a student requires the support even though it is available to all students. This will
help to ensure the student receives the support in the frequency and amount needed by the individual
student. List all Universal Supports required for the student at the time of testing.
Section B: Designated Supports
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i);
Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e).
Designated Supports do not require prior submission to ACT. Designated Supports are available to any
student based upon need and are outlined in the ACT Accessibility Supports Guide found at
http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/act/accommodations. List all Designated Supports required for the student at
the time of testing.
Section C: Accommodations
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i);
Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(e).
The IEP team must consider each of the ACT subtests and check whether each subtest will be taken
without or with accommodations. For each subtest, list the accommodation(s) required for the student
at the time of testing. Refer to the ACT Accessibility Supports Guide found at
http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/act/accommodations for more information on accommodations. Use of
unauthorized accommodations on the ACT with writing will result in a misadministration, invalidating
the student’s score.
162
Back to Table of Contents
In order to submit requests for ACT accommodations, LEAs must submit a complete and current IEP
directly to ACT. Failure to request ACT accommodations for students with disabilities may raise
concerns related to disability-based discrimination. For more information on how to submit
accommodations requests to ACT, refer to the ACT Accessibility Supports Guide at
http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/act/accommodations.
163
Back to Table of Contents
I-7 PreACT® Secure
Implementation Considerations:
The PreACT® Secure is administered in English, reading, mathematics and science in grades 9 and 10. Accommodations and supports are practices and
procedures that provide equitable access to grade-level content. They are intended to reduce or eliminate the effects of a student’s disability or level of
language acquisition; they do not reduce learning expectations. The accommodations or supports provided to a student should be consistent for classroom
instruction, classroom assessments, and district and state assessments. It is important to note that while some accommodations or supports may be
appropriate for instructional use, they may not be appropriate for use on a standardized assessment. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(e).
Unlike the ACT® with writing, disability-related documentation does not have to be submitted for accommodations on PreACT Secure.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Section A: Universal Supports
PreACT Secure has Universal Supports available to all students. No advance request is needed. Refer to the
PreACT Secure Accessibility Supports Guide for a list of Universal Supports at
https://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/PreACT/accommodations. Universal Supports should be documented in the
student’s IEP when a student requires the support even though it is available to all students. This will help
to ensure the student receives the support in the frequency and amount needed by the individual student.
List all Universal Supports required for the student at the time of testing.
Section B: Designated Supports
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
List any Designated Supports that will be required for the student at the time of testing. Refer to the
DPI Office of Educational Accountability PreACT Secure webpage at
https://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/PreACT/accommodations for more information on Designated Supports.
Section C: Accommodations
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
The IEP team must consider each of the four subtests and check whether the subtest will be taken without
or with accommodations. For each subtest, list the accommodations required for the student at the time
of testing. Refer to the DPI Office of Educational Accountability PreACT Secure webpage at
https://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/PreACT/accommodations for more information on accommodations.
164
Back to Table of Contents
I-7 DLM®
Implementation Considerations:
If the IEP team determines a student with the most significant cognitive disability will participate in alternate assessments on Form I-7-A Participation
Guidelines for Alternate Assessment, the student will take the Dynamic Learning Maps® (DLM) alternate assessment rather than participate in the
ACT® with writing, PreACT® Secure, or the Forward Exam. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(ii); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2).
Social studies assessments occur in grades 4, 8, and 10 utilizing a teacher rater form. This form should be based upon classroom observations and IEP
teams do not need to document use of accommodations.
The DLM was designed using the principles of universal design for learning (UDL) and therefore the term accommodation is replaced with the phrases
“accessibility features” and “supports.” This is an online assessment delivered either via the computer; however, some students may need their teacher
to present the items to them. The teacher will then enter the student’s response into the online platform.
As with all assessments, accessibility features should be chosen on the basis of the individual student's needs, not on the basis of the disability category,
grade level, or instructional setting. Once selected, accessibility supports should be used consistently for instruction (as much as possible) and assessment.
Due to the nature of computerized assessments versus non-computerized instruction, some supports may not be usable during instruction. To help students
gain experience with the specific supports selected for them, educators should work with students to complete practice activities and take released
assessments online. Students can use the practice activities as often as needed. Each educator, and anyone responsible for the implementation of the
accessibility supports, must be informed of the specific supports that have been selected for each student and should participate in the evaluation of the
supports.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Category 1: Accessibility features/supports
provided within the DLM system
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Some accessibility features/supports are provided within the DLM system (embedded) but must be
activated through the Personal Needs Profile (PNP) before administering the assessment. Previous
examples of accessibility features/supports provided within DLM include, but are not limited to
magnification, spoken audio, and color contrast. Please list the embedded accessibility
features/supports the student needs. For information on accessibility features/supports within DLM,
see http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/dlm/accommodations.
Category 2: Accessibility features/supports
requiring additional tools/materials
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Other accessibility features/supports require additional tools or materials. Previous examples of
accessibility features/supports requiring additional tools or materials include but are
not limited to
uncontracted Braille and individualized manipulatives. Please list the accessibili
ty features/supports
requiring additional tools or materials that
the student needs. For information on other accessibility
features/supports that require additional tools and materials, see
http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/dlm/accommodations.
165
Back to Table of Contents
Category 3: Accessibility features/supports
provided outside of the DLM system
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787
Finally, some accessibility features/supports are provided outside the DLM system. Previous examples
of accessibility features/supports provided outside the DLM system include but are not limited to human
read aloud and sign interpretation. Please list the accessibility features/supports provided outside the
DLM system the student needs. For information on accessibility features/supports outside DLM, see
http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/dlm/accommodations.
166
Back to Table of Contents
I-7 Forward
Implementation Considerations:
The Forward is administered in English language arts and mathematics in grades 3 through 8, in science in grades 4 and 8, and in social studies in grades
4, 8, and 10. High school students in grades 9 through 11 will continue to take the ACT suite of exams.
Accommodations and supports are practices and procedures that provide equitable access to grade-level content. They are intended to reduce or
eliminate the effects of a student’s disability or level of language acquisition; they do not reduce learning expectations. The accommodations or
supports provided to a student must be consistent for classroom instruction, classroom assessments, and district and state assessments. It is important to
note that while some accommodations or supports may be appropriate for instructional use, they may not be appropriate for use on a standardized
assessment. 34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i); Wis. Stat. § 115.787(2)(e).
The Forward Exam contains a number of universal tools available to all students which cannot be turned off in the student profile (eDIRECT). It is
important that all students, including students with disabilities are familiar and comfortable with the universal tools. For more information on the
universal tools available on the Forward Exam, see http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/forward/accommodations.
Universal tools, designated supports, and accommodations on the Forward may be either embedded (built into the Forward Exam) or non-embedded.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Section A: Designated Supports
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Designated supports are for students who regularly use a similar support as part of regular classroom
instruction. List any supports that will be activated for the student in advance of the assessment. Refer
to the Forward Exam Accessibility Guide and the DPI Office of Educational Accountability webpage
at http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/forward/accommodations for more information on Forward designated
supports.
Section B: Accommodations
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(6)(i); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(e).
Accommodations are for students who regularly use a similar support as part of regular classroom
instruction. The IEP team must consider each of the Forward content areas to determine which apply
to the student for the grade tested. As applicable, the IEP team must determine whether the student
will take the content area assessment without or with accommodations. Refer to the Forward Exam
Accessibility Guide and the DPI Office of Educational Accountability webpage at
http://dpi.wi.gov/assessment/forward/accommodations for more information on accommodations. The
IEP team must check without accommodations or with accommodations for each of the four
subtests.
167
Back to Table of Contents
I-8 Postsecondary Transition Plan Worksheet
Each student must have a postsecondary transition plan in place beginning with the first IEP that will be in effect when the student is 14 and updated
annually. Normally the student’s postsecondary transition plan is created using the online IEP: Postsecondary Transition Plan (PTP) application at the
IEP team meeting. The PTP Worksheet is used only when the IEP team meeting is occurring, and the online application is not available. Indicator 13
data is collected through the PTP; therefore, information recorded on the PTP Worksheet must be entered into the online application as soon as the
application is available. 34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787. Indicator 13 measures the percent of youth with IEPs aged 16 and above with an IEP
that includes appropriate measurable postsecondary goals that are annually updated and based upon an age-appropriate transition assessment, transition
services, including courses of study, that will reasonably enable the student to meet those postsecondary goals, and annual IEP goals related to the
student's transition services needs. This data is reported to the Office of Special Education Programs.
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities designed to be within a result-oriented process that is focused on improving academic and
functional achievement to facilitate a student’s movement from school to post-school life. The activities are based on the student’s needs and must take
into account the student’s strengths, preferences, and interests. The activities include instruction, related services, community experiences, development
of post-school adult living objectives, acquisition of daily living skills if appropriate, and a functional vocational evaluation if appropriate. Additional
information related to transition services is at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/about/state-performance-plan/indicators/13-transition and at the Wisconsin
Transition Improvement Grant website, http://www.witig.org/ .
Implementation Considerations:
While it may be possible to learn about a student’s interests and preferences from the student’s parents, it is preferable this information be obtained
directly from the student. It is a good practice to identify the student’s preferences and interests in the IEP.
The IEP must contain a course of study aligned with the student’s postsecondary goals. It is a good practice to include a multi-year description of
coursework.
If a participating agency fails to provide the transition services it agreed to provide, the LEA must conduct an IEP team meeting to identify alternative
strategies to meet the postsecondary goals for the student.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date and method of inviting student.
34 CFR § 300.321.
If a purpose of the IEP team meeting is to discuss a student’s post-secondary goals and transition
services needed to reach the goals, the student must be invited. Record the date and method the student
was invited to the IEP meeting.
168
Back to Table of Contents
Steps taken to ensure that student’s interest
and preferences considered.
34 CFR § 300.321.
If a student does not attend an IEP meeting to discuss post-secondary goals and transition services, the
IEP team must take other steps to ensure the student’s preferences and interests are considered.
Document how the preferences and interests were determined, e.g., a student interview or completion
of an interest inventory.
Postsecondary goals based on age-
appropriate transition assessments.
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Postsecondary goals must be based on age-appropriate transition assessments. Maintain documentation
of the transition assessments. Check “Yes” or “No” to indicate whether the measurable postsecondary
goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessments and are documented. Transition assessments
may be formal or informal. They may include paper and pencil tests, structured student and family
interviews, observational community or work-based assessments (situational), and curriculum-based
assessments. It is good practice to identif
y in a student’s IEP the transition assessments used in
determining the student’s postsecondary goals. For more information on transition assessments go to
http://transitionta.org.
Measurable postsecondary goals.
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Record at least one measurable postsecondary goal for the student related to each of the following: (1)
education and training, (2) employment and, (3) where appropriate, independent living skills. Education
refers to community or technical colleges, college or university programs, and continuing education.
Training may include short-term employment training and attending a vocational technical school (less
than a two-year program). Employment includes competitive, supported, or sheltered employment, and
military service. Independent living skills refer to activities of daily living. Postsecondary goals state
what a student will achieve after high school and are measurable. For each postsecondary goal, include
at least one measurable annual goal or short-term objective (form I-4) in the IEP that will help the
student make progress toward achieving the postsecondary goal.
Transition services needed.
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Transition services focus on improving the academic and functional achievement of the student to
facilitate movement from school to post-school life. Services may include instruction, related services,
community experiences, integrated employment, the development of employment and other post-school
adult living skills (including daily living skill
s), and functional vocational evaluations. State the
transition services needed to assist the student in reaching the postsecondary goals.
Involvement of other agencies in providing
transition services
34 CFR §§ 300.321 and 300.324;
Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
To the extent appropriate, and with the consent of the parent or adult student, the LEA must invite to
the IEP team meeting a representative of any participating agency likely to be responsible for providing
or paying for transition services needed to assist the student in reaching postsecondary goals.
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether another agency is or will be involved in providing
transition services to meet the student’s postsecondary goals. Also check the appropriate box to indicate
whether a representative of a participating agency was invited to the IEP team meeting.
169
Back to Table of Contents
Courses of study.
34 CFR § 300.320; Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Enter a course(s) of study that focus on academic achievement and functional performance to assist the
student to reach postsecondary goals.
Transfer of rights, age of majority
34 CFR §§ 300.320 and 300.520;
Wis. Stat. § 115.787.
Graduation.34 CFR § 300.102.
Beginning at least one year before a student’s 18th birthday, and annually thereafter, the IEP must
include a statement that the student has been informed about the rights under state and federal special
education law that transfer to the student at age 18. The law also requires a LEA to inform the student’s
parents about the transfer of rights. The LEA must continue to provide any notice required by special
education law to both the student and the parents.
Indicate whether the student will be 17 or older during the timeframe of the IEP by checking the
appropriate box. If the student will be 17 or older during the timeframe of the IEP, document how the
student and the parents were informed of the rights that transfer, e.g., “On 9-19-2019 via letter.” Each
IEP developed after the student is first informed of the rights that transfer at age 18 must include a
statement that the student was informed about the rights.
Eligibility for a Free Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) ends when the student is granted a regular
high school diploma, or at the end of the school term in which the student turns age 21. Check the
appropriate box indicating whether the student will receive a regular high school diploma or turn age
21 at the conclusion of the current academic year.
170
Back to Table of Contents
I-10 Notice of Changes to IEP without an IEP Meeting
Form I-10 is used to document agreement and provide parent(s) notice of changes to an IEP without an IEP team meeting when there is no change in
placement. Form I-10 also serves as prior written notice of the date the changes were agreed upon and when the changes will take place, so LEAs that
use form I-10 do not also need to complete an updated placement page (form P-2).
The LEA must provide the parent(s) with a copy of the updated IEP (with the changes made). Wis. Stat. § 115.787(3)(e). If applicable, the LEA must
also update the program summary of Form I-4, including the duration column, to reflect the changes made without an IEP team meeting. A LEA must
provide a notice of changes to an IEP a reasonable time prior to implementation. In order to make changes to an IEP without a meeting, the parent(s)
must agree to the changes. However, the LEA is not required to obtain parental consent prior to implementing the changes. Only the student’s IEP team
may make decisions about change in placement. Educational placement includes increasing or decreasing the amount of time in special education. An
IEP team meeting is required when making a change of placement. If a change in the location of special education services would increase or decrease
the amount of time with nondisabled peers or make substantive changes to the student’s educational program (e.g., more time in special education
classroom that equates to less time in regular education classroom or vice versa), then the IEP team must meet to make the determination and this form
(I-10) would not be used.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Notice of changes to IEP without an
IEP meeting. 34 CFR § 300.324(a)(4);
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.787(4)(c) and
115.792(1)(b).
Form I-10 provides the parents with notice of the changes to the IEP and documents who was involved
in determining the changes and when and how, (face-to-
face conference, phone conversation, or
exchange of emails) an agreement was reached. The notice specifies the date the changes will begin and
informs the parents the changes will be implemented in the student’s current placement.
The changes are:
34 CFR § 300.503(b)(1);
Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2)(a).
The reason(s) for making the changes
are….
34 CFR §§ 300.503(b)(2) and (b)(3);
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.792(2)(b) and (2)(d).
The LEA must describe the changes to the IEP.
The LEA must identify why the agency proposes to take this action and a description of each evaluation
procedure, assessment, record, or report the agency used as a basis.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors
34 CFR §§ 300.503(b)(7) and (b)(7);
Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2)(c).
Enter a description of other options considered, if any, the reasons those options were rejected, and a
description of any other relevant factors. If no options were considered and rejected, check the “None”
box.
171
Back to Table of Contents
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503(b)(4) and (b)(5);
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.792(2)(g) and (2)(h).
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA and state law, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parents
with another procedural safeguards notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided
the notice. However, if the parents request a copy, or requested a reevaluation, then the LEA must
provide the parents a procedural safeguards notice.
172
Back to Table of Contents
I-11 Extended School Year
Form I-11 is used when an IEP team considers whether extended school year (ESY) services are necessary to provide FAPE to a student. ESY services
are provided to a student with a disability beyond the normal school year. 34 CFR § 300.106(a)(2). ESY services are provided only if a student’s IEP
team determines, based on the individual needs of the student, that the services are necessary for the provision of FAPE to the student. 34 CFR
§ 300.106(b). ESY services must be provided in accordance with the student’s IEP and at no cost to the student’s parents. 34 CFR
§§ 300.106(a)(3)(b)(1)(ii) and (iii). The services must meet the standards of the Department, e.g., appropriately licensed staff. 34 CFR § 300.106(b)(2).
LEAs may not limit ESY services to particular categories of disability or unilaterally limit the type, amount, or duration of those services. 34 CFR
§ 300.106(a)(3).
Implementation Considerations:
There are no specific criteria in state or federal special education law for determining when ESY services are required. However, the courts have provided
some guidance for making this decision. Information related to ESY is available on the Department’s website at http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/laws-procedures-
bulletins/bulletins/10-02.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Need for ESY.
34 CFR § 300.106(a).
If the IEP team considers ESY services and determines they are required, check the “Yes” box and
identify the annual goals to be addressed. If the IEP team considers ESY services and determines they
are not required, check the “No” box and document the reasons.
Goals to be addressed
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(4)(i); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(c)(1).
If the IEP team determines ESY services are required, the IEP team identifies the IEP annual goals, and
short-term objectives, if applicable, that will be addressed during the ESY.
New goals may be
developed, goals from the student’s existing IEP may be used, or existing goals may be modified.
Needed services
34 CFR § 300.320(a)(4); Wis. Stat. §
115.787(2)(c).
The IEP team describes the supplementary aids and services, special education/specially designed
instruction, related services, or program modification or other supports for school personnel that will be
provided during the ESY. All types of service may not be required. Enter “none” if a particular type of
service is not required. List the required ESY services. For each ESY service, describe the frequency,
amount, location, and duration of the service
along with the goal and disability related need(s) it
addresses.
173
Back to Table of Contents
I-12 Manifestation Determination Review
Form I-12 is used to document a manifestation determination review when a student’s placement is changed for disciplinary reasons. Within ten school
days after the date on which the decision to change the student's placement is made, the public agency, the parent and relevant members of the IEP team
must determine whether the conduct in question is a manifestation of the student's disability. 34 CFR § 300.530(e)(1).
Implementation Considerations:
The law requires a manifestation determination be made by the parent and relevant members of the student’s IEP team. 34 CFR § 300.530(e)(1). While
not required by law, LEAs often conduct manifestation determination reviews through the IEP team process because the IEP team is required to make
other decisions that are related and may be discussed during the meeting. For example, if the conduct in question is determined to be a manifestation of
the student’s disability, an IEP team meeting is required to either complete a functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and develop a behavioral
intervention plan (BIP), or review the BIP, if one exists, and modify it as necessary. 34 CFR § 300.530(f).
A review team must determine the behavior in question was caused by or had a direct and substantial relationship to the student’s disability or the conduct
in question was a direct result of the LEA’s failure to implement the student’s individualized education program (IEP). 34 CFR §§ 300.530(e)(1)(i) and
(ii). This is determined on a case-by-case basis, and the analysis is dependent upon the particular circumstances involved.
If there is a disciplinary change in placement, an IEP team meeting is required to determine the appropriate services for the student during the period of
removal and the setting in which the services will be provided. 34 CFR § 300.530(d)(5). Except where a student is disciplined for behavior involving
weapons, drugs or serious bodily harm, if the behavior is determined to be a manifestation, the IEP team must return the student to the placement from
which the student was removed, unless the parent and the LEA agree to a change of placement. 34 CFR § 300.530(f)(2). If the behavior is determined
not to be a manifestation of the student's disability, the LEA may remove the student to the same extent it would remove a student who does not have a
disability. 34 CFR § 300.530(c).
Information Update Bulletin 14.02 provides additional information about manifestation determinations and can be found on the Department’s website at
https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/laws-procedures-bulletins/bulletins/14-02.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date manifestation determination made.
34 CFR § 300.530(e)(1).
A manifestation determination must be made within ten school days of any decision to change the
placement of a student for disciplinary reasons.
Review team participants
34 CFR § 300.530(e)(1).
IDEA allows the public agency, the parent, and relevant members of the student’s IEP team to make
the determination. A space is provided on form I-12 to document the individuals who participate in the
manifestation determination review. If a full IEP team makes the manifestation determination in an IEP
team meeting, the IEP team participants’ names are recorded on form I-3, Evaluation Report and IEP
Cover Sheet and are not recorded here.
174
Back to Table of Contents
Section I-A: Description of behavior
34 CFR § 300.530(e)(1).
In section I-A, include a description of the behavior subject to disciplinary action. The description
should be as objective and factual as possible. Additional pages may be attached, including an incident
report or other information.
Section I-B: Consideration of all relevant
information
34 CFR § 300.530(e)(1).
In making the determination, all relevant information in the student's file, including the student's IEP,
any teacher observations, and any relevant information provided by the parents must be reviewed. This
list is not exhaustive and all relevant information must be considered. Document consideration of all
relevant information in section I-B.
Section II: Manifestation determination
34 CFR § 300.530(e)(2)
When determining a behavior is a manifestation of the disability, the review team must determine the
behavior was caused by or had a direct and substantial relationship to the student’s disability or was a
direct result of the LEA’s failure to implement the student’s IEP. In sections II-A and II-B, document
the review team’s conclusions and the basis for the conclusions. If a student’s behavior in question was
a direct result of the LEA’s failure to implement the student’s IEP, the behavior is a manifestation of
the student’s disability, and the LEA must take immediate steps to remedy the failure to implement the
IEP. Check the appropriate box in the “Summary” section to indicate whether the behavior in question
was a manifestation of the student’s disability.
175
Back to Table of Contents
DW-1 Worksheet for Documenting Educational Services Provided During Disciplinary Removals that Do Not Constitute a Disciplinary
Change of Placement
When a student has received more than 10 cumulative disciplinary removals, during each subsequent removal, the student must receive services so as to
enable the student to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the goals
set out in the student’s IEP. 34 CFR § 300.530(d)(4). The services required are determined by school personnel (the principal or another administrator)
in consultation with at least one of the student’s teachers.
Implementation Considerations:
A new DW-1 form should be used for each removal that does not constitute a change in placement.
Form DW-1 is used to document the educational services provided to a student during a disciplinary removal that did not constitute a disciplinary change
of placement. 34 CFR § 300.530(d)(4). This means that the student is not being removed for more than 10 consecutive school days or the series of
removals do not constitute a pattern. 34 CFR § 300.536(a). Disciplinary removal means a removal of a student with a disability from their current
placement for a violation of the code of student conduct. 34 CFR § 300.530(b)1). Examples of disciplinary removals include, but are not limited to:
expulsions;
out-of-school suspensions;
in-school suspensions if:
o the student’s IEP was not implemented, or
o the student did not participate with nondisabled peers to the extent required by the IEP, or
o the student did not have the opportunity to appropriately progress in the general curriculum;
bus removals if the student’s IEP includes transportation as a related service and the district did not provide for alternative transportation; and
de facto suspensions where a student is removed from school or class for not following school rules without following the procedures related to
suspension. LEAs should have procedures to accurately track and count de facto suspensions. A student is considered removed during periods
when: (1) the student’s IEP was not implemented; (2) the student did not participate with nondisabled peers to the extent required by the IEP; or
(3) the student did not have the opportunity to appropriately progress in the general curriculum.
Partial day removals must be included when determining the number of days of removal for a student. For example, if a student was suspended for four
periods of an eight-period day, then it must be counted as a half day of removal.
IDEA requires LEAs to count removals within the same academic year. If a student transfers within an academic year, the LEA must count removals
that occurred in each school and LEA the student attended within the academic year. The LEA must demonstrate how such removals are counted.
176
Back to Table of Contents
FORM CONTENT CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Section I: Dates and length of disciplinary removal
34 CFR § 300.530(d)(4).
For each removal, list the dates and length of the disciplinary removal in this section. If a
student who was subjected to disciplinary removals in one LEA and transfers to another,
those removals must be counted towards the 10 cumulative days if the removals occurred
in the same school year.
Section II: Documentation of Educational services
34 CFR § 300.530(d)(4).
The documentation of educational services enables parents and LEAs the opportunity to
determine whether the student was provided educational services during each removal
beyond the 10th cumulative day of removal in a single school year. Document the school
personnel and teacher that participated in determining the educational services (including
name, title, and date determined). A description of the educational service should be
provided, as well as the location, date and time, and a name of the person who provided
the service. This information should be included for each educational service provided to
the student.
177
Back to Table of Contents
Determining Placements
A student’s placement is determined by an IEP team after developing the student’s IEP. Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78(2)(c) and 115.78(3)(3)(c). The placement
must be in the least restrictive environment (LRE). 34 CFR § 300.118; Wis. Stat. § 115.79(1)(c). To the maximum extent appropriate, students with
disabilities, including students in public or private institutions or other care facilities, must be educated with students who are not disabled. 34 CFR §
300.114; Wis. Stat. § 115.79(1)(c). Special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of the student from the regular education environment occurs
only if the nature or severity of the student’s disability is such that education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot
be achieved satisfactorily. 34 CFR § 300.114(2)(ii); Wis. Stat § 115.79(1)(d). Each public agency must ensure a continuum of placements is available to
meet the special education and related service needs of children/students with disabilities. 34 CFR § 300.115. The continuum must include instruction in
general education classes, special education classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in hospitals and institutions. 34 CFR §
300.115(b)(1).
There is a change in educational placement when there is a substantial or material alteration to a student’s education program, including increasing or
decreasing the amount of time in special education. Letter to Fisher, 21 IDELR 992 (OSEP 1994) and Letter to Trigg, 50 IDELR 48 (OSEP 2007). For
example, moving a student from a general education classroom to a special education resource room would be a change of placement, as it would
change the student’s level of interaction with his or her nondisabled peers. Only the student’s IEP team may make decisions about change in
placement. Wis. Stat. § 115.78(2)(c). An IEP team meeting is required when making a change of placement. Wis. Stat. § 115.78(2)(c). If a change in
the location of special education services would increase or decrease the amount of time with nondisabled peers or be a substantial or material
alteration to the student’s education program, then the IEP team must meet to make the determination.
178
Back to Table of Contents
P-1 Determination and Notice of Placement: Consent for Initial Placement
Form P-1 is used to provide parents notice the LEA will implement the student’s initial IEP and the school or other facility at which it will be
implemented. It is also used to obtain consent from the parent for the initial provision of special education services. 34 CFR §§ 300.114, 300.116,
300.300, 300.327, and 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78, 115.787, 115.79, and 115.792. LEAs must ensure a continuum of placement options to meet the
needs of students with disabilities including instruction in regular classes, special classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in hospitals
and institutions. 34 CFR § 300.115. In determining the educational placement, the IEP team must consider the least restrictive environment for the
student. 34 CFR §§ 300.314 and 300.316. Placement refers not only to the school or facility in which the student is educated, but also the regular
education or special education environment within the school or facility in which services are provided.
Wisconsin has two state residential schools for IEP teams to consider as options for students who are Blind or Visually Impaired, Deaf or Hard of
Hearing, or Deafblind. These placements may offer unique opportunities such as a rich American Sign Language (ASL) communication environment or
orientation and mobility experiences to meet the needs of students with these impairments.
Implementation Considerations:
A LEA must provide parents with notice a reasonable time before the LEA implements their student’s IEP and placement. 34 CFR § 300.503(a). In
implementing this requirement, the LEA should consider the amount of time mail takes to go through the LEAs processing and mailing system.
If an IEP is in effect for a period in which a student will move from one school to another because of a change of level, e.g., from elementary to middle
school, the IEP team may determine placement for both levels at the same meeting and include the information in the notice of placement. “ABC
Elementary School from January 17, 2019, to June 6, 2019, and XYZ Middle School from September 4, 2019, to January 16, 2020.” If only the current
school placement is listed, e.g., “ABC Elementary School,” the IEP team must meet again to determine the student’s next school placement, and the
student’s parents must receive a new notice of placement prior to implementation of the IEP in the next school.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of placement determination
34 CFR § 300.116; Wis. Stat. §
115.79(1)(b).
A student’s placement must be determined at least annually. No more than twelve months may elapse
between IEP team meetings to determine a student’s placement.
Date parent provided with notice of
placement.
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
The parents must receive a notice of placement, including a copy of their student’s IEP, a reasonable
time before the LEA initiates the student’s placement and begins implementing the IEP.
Date IEP developed on
34 CFR § 300.116.
The date of IEP development is the date of the IEP team meeting to develop the student’s IEP. The
student’s placement must be based on the IEP.
179
Back to Table of Contents
Projected date of implementation.
34 CFR §§ 300.323(c)(2) and 300.503
School or other facility where IEP will be
implemented
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792
Enter the projected date for the initiation of IEP services. Special education and related services must
be made available as soon as possible following development of the initial IEP. A copy of the finalized
IEP must be provided to parents before the IEP is implemented.
This entry identifies the school or other facility (e.g., home, residential care center, hospital) where the
student’s IEP will be implemented. If the student’s IEP will be implemented in a public school, enter
the name of the public school and the school district within which it is located. If the student’s IEP will
be implemented in another facility, identify the facility and the city in which it is located. A placement
must be as close as possible to the student’s home.
Unless the IEP requires another arrangement, the student must be educated in the school that the student
would attend if not disabled.
1. Will the student attend the school they
would attend if nondisabled? 34 CFR §§
300.314 & 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
a. List other options, if any, related to the
school determination (e.g., the physical
place where attending:
b. Explain the reason(s) for rejecting the
other school options considered, and
describe any other factors relevant to the
proposed action.
Determine if the student will attend their regular school of attendance. If the student is three or four
years old and the LEA does not provide regular education programs for children of that age, document
consideration of the child’s current age-appropriate settings for the delivery of special education and
related services. If the student will attend the school they would attend if nondisabled, no explanation
is necessary. If they will not, explain by completing (a) and (b).
For (a), list other school or facility placement options considered.
For (b), explain the reason(s) for rejecting those options along with any other relevant factors. To the
maximum extent appropriate, students with disabilities, including students in public or private
institutions or other care facilities, must be educated with students who are nondisabled. Special classes,
separate schooling, or other removal of stude
nts with disabilities from the regular educational
environment may occur only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in regular
classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
2. Other options considered and rejected.
Refer to Form I-4, Section V. Is the student
participating full time in the regular
education environment? 34 CFR §
300.114.
Check “yes” only if the student participates in the regular education environment full time for the full
school day. Determine if the student will be removed from the regular education environment for any
part of the full school day. Examples of removals include specially designed instruction in a special
education classroom, lunch in a separate environment, or a shortened school day. If the student is not
removed from the regular education environment, explanation is optional. If there is a removal, check
“no” and explain by completing (a) and (b).
180
Back to Table of Contents
a. List other options considered if any,
(e.g., frequency, amount, location, and
duration of the specially designed
instruction, related services, supplementary
aids and services, program modifications
and supports). 34 CFR § 300.114.
b. Explain why full-time participation in
the regular education environment or age-
appropriate settings with the use of
supplementary aids and services cannot be
achieved satisfactorily, the reason(s) for
rejecting the other options considered, and
describe any other factors relevant to the
proposed action:
Copies of evaluation report and IEP
34 CFR §§ 300.306, 300.322, and 300.503;
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.782, 115.787, and
115.792.
For (a), list other options considered and rejected before determining to remove a student from the
regular education environment. Special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with
disabilities from the regular educational environment may occur only if the nature or severity of the
disability is such that education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot
be achieved satisfactorily.
For (b), explain why full-time participation in the regular education environment or age-appropriate
settings with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily. Document
the reasons less restrictive options were rejected along with any other relevant factors.
Shortening a student’s school day should happen only in rare circumstances. The reason for shortening
a student’s school day must be based on the individualized disability-related needs of the student.
Carefully consider other options before removing a student from the regular education environment for
any part of the school day and list other options considered. These may include the frequency, amount,
location, and duration of the specially designed instruction, related services, supplementary aids and
services, program modifications and supports. Document a plan for returning the student to a full day
as soon as possible, including conducting IEP team meetings more frequently.
The LEA must provide the student’s parents with a copy of an evaluation report that includes
documentation of determination of eligibility for special education. If the LEA provided the parents
with a copy of their student’s latest evaluation report, the LEA is not required to provide another copy
unless a parent requests a copy. A LEA may provide the report with the placement notice or provide it
prior to providing the placement notice. A LEA must provide parents a copy of their student’s IEP with
the placement notice. Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the LEA previously provided a
copy of the student’s evaluation report to the parents and is providing a copy of the IEP with form P-1,
or the LEA is providing both the evaluation report and the IEP with form P-1.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2)
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA, and of sources they may contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA
and state special education law. Because the LEA previously provided a copy of the complete
procedural safeguards with the initial notice of evaluation (form IE-1), the LEA is not required to
provide the parents with another copy of the procedural safeguards notice unless the parents request it.
181
Back to Table of Contents
Parent permission is needed for services
34 CFR § 300.300; Wis. Stat. § 115.79.
The LEA must obtain the consent of the student’s parent before the initial provision of special education
and related services. LEAs must make reasonable efforts to obtain informed consent from the parent for
the initial provision of special education and related services. 34 CFR § 300.300 (b)(2). Presenting the
P-1 and I-4 forms explains the services that would be provided to document reasonable effort to obtain
consent for services. Page 2 of form P-1 is used to obtain this consent. The parent’s consent for
evaluation may not be construed to be consent for the initial provision of special education and related
services.
Explanation regarding consent is voluntary,
the right to revoke that consent, and the
possible effects of not granting consent
34 CFR §§ 300.9 and 300.300
The LEA must inform parents the granting of consent is voluntary and may be revoked at any time. If
a parent does not grant consent for services, the LEA may not request mediation or initiate a due process
hearing regarding whether services should be provided.
182
Back to Table of Contents
P-2 Determination and Notice of Placement
Form P-2 is used after a parent has consented to the initial provision of special education services. It is used to provide notice to the parents that a new
annual IEP or a revised IEP will be implemented and to provide notice of the school or other facility where the IEP will be implemented. 34 CFR §
300.116; 300.503; Wis. Stat. §§ 115.78 and 115.787.
LEAs must ensure a continuum of placement options to meet the needs of students with disabilities including instruction in regular classes, special
classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in hospitals and institutions. 34 CFR § 300.115. In determining the educational placement, the
IEP team must consider the least restrictive environment for the student. 34 CFR §§ 300.314 and 300.316. Placement refers not only to the school or
facility in which the student is educated, but also the regular education or special education environment within the school or facility in which services
are provided.
Wisconsin has two state residential schools for IEP teams to consider as options for students who are Blind or Visually Impaired, Deaf or Hard of
Hearing, or Deafblind. These placements may offer unique opportunities such as a rich ASL communication environment or orientation and mobility
experiences to meet the needs of students with these impairments.
If there is no change in placement, an updated Determination and Notice of Placement form (P-2) is not required when the LEA, with agreement of the
parent(s), is making changes to the IEP outside of an IEP meeting. In that case, the Notice of Changes to IEP Without an IEP Meeting form (I-10)
provides prior written notice of the agreement and when those changes will begin. An updated copy of the IEP must be included with the I-10 form.
Implementation Considerations:
A LEA should schedule an annual IEP team meeting far enough in advance of the one-year anniversary of the IEP team meeting to ensure compliance
with the requirements to conduct an IEP team meeting at least annually to review the IEP and to determine a student’s placement. Wis. Stat. §
115.79(1)(b). LEAs sometimes err by arranging the annual IEP team meeting date based on the date of the last notice of placement, rather than on the
date of the last IEP team meeting to determine placement.
A LEA must provide parents with notice a reasonable time before the LEA implements their student’s IEP and placement. 34 CFR § 300.503(a). In
implementing this requirement, the LEA should consider the amount of time mail takes to go through the LEAs processing and mailing system.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of placement determination
34 CFR § 300.116; Wis. Stat. §
115.79(1)(b).
A student’s placement must be determined at least annually. No more than twelve months may elapse
between IEP team meetings to determine a student’s placement.
183
Back to Table of Contents
Date parent provided with notice of
placement.
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792
The parents must receive a notice of placement, including a copy of their student’s IEP, a reasonable
time before the LEA initiates the student’s placement and begins implementing the annual or revised
IEP.
Date of IEP development.
34 CFR § 300.116.
The date of IEP development is the date of the IEP team meeting to develop or review/revise the
student’s IEP. The student’s placement must be based on the IEP.
Projected date of implementation
34 CFR § 300.503
School or other facility where IEP will be
implemented
34 CFR §§ 300.116 and 300.503;
Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Enter the projected date for the initiation of IEP services. A copy of the finalized IEP must be provided
to parents before the IEP is implemented.
This entry identifies the school or other facility (e.g., home, residential care center, hospital) where the
student’s IEP will be implemented. If the student’s IEP will be implemented in a public school, enter
the name of the public school and the school district within which it is located. If the student’s IEP will
be implemented in another facility, identify the facility and the city in which it is located. A placement
must be as close as possible to the student’s home. In selecting a placement, consideration must be given
to any potential harmful effect on the student or on the quality of services they need.
Unless the IEP requires another arrangement, the student must be educated in the school that they would
attend if not disabled.
1. Will the student attend the school they
would attend if nondisabled? 34 CFR §§
300.314 and 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
a. List other options if any, related to the
school determination (e.g., physical place
where attending:
b. Explain the reason(s) for rejecting the
other school options considered and
describe any other factors relevant to the
proposed action.
Determine if the student will attend their regular school of attendance. If the student is three or four
years old and the LEA does not provide regular education programs for children of that age, document
consideration of the child’s current age-appropriate settings for the delivery of special education and
related services. If the student will attend the school they would attend if nondisabled, no explanation
is necessary. If they will not, explain by completing (a) and (b).
For (a), list other school or facility placement options considered.
For (b), explain the reason(s) for rejecting those options along with any other relevant factors. To the
maximum extent appropriate, students with disabilities, including students in public or private
institutions or other care facilities, must be educated with students who are nondisabled. Special classes,
separate schooling, or other removal of students with disabilities from the regular educational
environment may occur only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in regular
classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily.
184
Back to Table of Contents
2. Other options considered and rejected.
Refer to Form I-4, Section V. Is the student
participating full-time in the regular
education environment? 34 CFR § 300.114.
a. List other options considered if any, (e.g.,
frequency, amount, location, and duration of
the specially designed instruction, related
services, supplementary aids and services,
program modifications and supports). 34
CFR § 300.114
b. Explain why full-time participation in the
regular education environment or age-
appropriate settings with the use of
supplementary aids and services cannot be
achieved satisfactorily, the reason(s) for
rejecting the other options considered, and
describe any other factors relevant to the
proposed action:
Check “yes” only if the student participates in the regular education environment full time for the full
school day. Determine if the student will be removed from the regular education environment for any
part of the full school day. Examples of removals include specially designed instruction in a special
education classroom, lunch in a separate environment, or a shortened school day. If the student is not
removed from the regular education environment, explanation is optional. If there is a removal, check
“no” and explain by completing (a) and (b).
For (a), list other options considered and rejected before determining to remove a student from the
regular education environment. Special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with
disabilities from the regular educational environment may occur only if the nature or severity of the
disability is such that education in regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot
be achieved satisfactorily.
For (b), explain why full-time participation in the regular education environment or age-appropriate
settings with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily. Document
the reasons less restrictive options were rejected along with any other relevant factors.
Shortening a student’s school day should happen only in rare circumstances. The reason for shortening
a student’s school day must be based on the individualized disability-related needs of the student.
Carefully consider other options before removing a student from the regular education environment for
any part of the school day and list other options considered. These may include the frequency, amount,
location, and duration of the specially designed instruction, related services, supplementary aids and
services, program modifications and supports. Document a plan for returning the student to a full day
as soon as possible, including conducting IEP team meetings more frequently
Copies of evaluation report and IEP
34 CFR §§ 300.306, 300.322, and 300.503;
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.782 and 115.787
The LEA must provide the student’s parents with a copy of an evaluation report that includes
documentation of determination of eligibility for special education. If the LEA provided the parents
with a copy of their student’s latest evaluation report, the LEA is not required to provide another copy
unless a parent requests a copy. A LEA may provide the report with the placement notice or provide it
prior to providing the placement notice. A LEA must provide parents a copy of their student’s IEP with
the placement notice. Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the LEA previously provided a
copy of the student’s evaluation report to the parents and is providing a copy of the IEP with form P-2,
or the LEA is providing both the evaluation report and the IEP with form P-2.
185
Back to Table of Contents
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights.
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
Any required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards
of IDEA, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA
and state special education law.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards notice
if the LEA previously provided the parents with a copy of the procedural safeguards in the current
school year. However, if parents request another copy of the procedural safeguards, the LEA must
provide one.
186
Back to Table of Contents
P-3 Notice of Graduation
Form P-3 is used to provide the parent and adult student with notice of graduation with a regular high school diploma and to provide the student a
summary of academic achievement and functional performance. 34 CFR §§ 300.102(a)(3)(iii) and 300.503(a)(1); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b). Graduation
is a change in placement and must follow the procedural requirements of any other placement considered by the IEP team. 34 CFR § 300.102(a)(3)(iii).
Graduation from high school with a regular high school diploma ends a student’s eligibility for special education and related services and is a change of
placement requiring written prior notice. 34 CFR § 300.102(a)(3)(iii); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b). Receipt of a high school equivalency diploma (HSED),
GED, general educational equivalency, or an alternative diploma does not end a student’s eligibility for special education services. 34 CFR §
300.102(a)(3)(ii). Students who do not graduate with a regular high school diploma continue to have a right to a free appropriate public education (FAPE)
until the end of the school term in which they turn 21. Wis. Stat. § 115.76(3). Additional information about graduation is available at
http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics#graduation.
Implementation Considerations:
An appropriate time before a student is scheduled to receive a high school diploma, an IEP team should meet and determine whether graduation
requirements will be met by the end of the current school year, whether the IEP goals will be substantially completed, and whether new goals are needed
for the coming year.
When the IEP team meets to consider graduation, it should consider information provided by the parent or adult student, previously completed tests or
other evaluations, grades, credits earned, the measurable postsecondary goals stated in the IEP, and other relevant information. Wis. Stat. § 115.787(4)(a).
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Parent or adult student participation
34 CFR §§ 300.321 and 300.322;
Wis. Stat. § 115.78.
The parent or the adult student is an IEP team participant and must have an opportunity to participate
in the decision-making process. When a parent or an adult student participates in the IEP team meeting
to consider graduation, the first box is checked. If the parent or adult student does not participate, then
the second box is checked, and the LEA’s attempts to involve the parent(s) or adult student in the
meeting are documented.
Decision about graduation and basis
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
The parent and the adult student must be provided with a description of any evaluation procedures, tests,
and records or reports used as the basis for the IEP team’s decisions. Enter this information. The notice
informs the parent and adult student about graduation. Enter the date the student is expected to graduate.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
Enter other options considered, if any, related to a student’s graduation, including the reasons for
rejecting those options along with any other relevant factors. If no other options were considered, check
the “None” box.
187
Back to Table of Contents
Effect of graduating
34 CRR §300.102(3); Wis. Stat. §
115.792(1)(b).
The parent and adult student are informed that graduation from high school with a regular diploma
permanently ends a student’s eligibility for special education and related services.
Summary of academic achievement,
functional performance, and
recommendations to assist in meeting
postsecondary goals
34 CFR § 300.305(e)(3).
An evaluation is not required before the termination of a student's eligibility due to graduation with a
regular diploma. However, the LEA must provide the student with a summary of his/her academic
achievement and functional performance, including recommendations on how to assist with his/her
postsecondary goals. More information is available at http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics/transition and
http://www.witig.org/
. Record a summary of academic achievement, a summary of functional
performance, and recommendations to assist in meeting postsecondary goals on page 2 of form P-3.
Parents and adult students have procedural
safeguards and can contact other sources for
assistance about understanding their rights
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
A required notice must inform parents and the adult student of the protections they have under the
procedural safeguards of IDEA and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents or adult student with a copy of the complete procedural
safeguards notice if the LEA previously provided the parents or adult student with a copy of the
procedural safeguards in the current school year. However, if the parents or adult student request another
copy of the procedural safeguards, the LEA must provide one.
188
Back to Table of Contents
P-4 Notice of Ending of Services Due to Age
A student with a disability who has not graduated from high school with a regular high school diploma has a right to a free appropriate public
education (FAPE) until the end of the school term in which they attain the age of 21. 34 CFR § 300.102; Wis. Stat. § 115.76(3). Form P-4 is used to
inform the parent and adult student the student will exceed the age of eligibility for FAPE and, therefore, will no longer be eligible for special
education and related services. 34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792. The form also is used to provide the student with the required summary of
academic achievement and functional performance. 34 CFR § 300.305(e)(3).
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Information related to ending special
education and related services
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Enter the first day the student will no longer be eligible for special education and related services.
Summary of academic achievement,
functional performance, and
recommendations to assist in meeting
postsecondary goals
34 CFR § 300.305(e)(3).
An evaluation is not required before the termination of a student's eligibility due to exceeding the age
of eligibility for FAPE. However, the LEA must provide the student with a summary of his/her academic
achievement and functional performance, including recommendations on how to assist with his/her
postsecondary goal
s. Record a summary of academic achievement, a summary of functional
performance, and recommendations to assist in meeting postsecondary goals on form P-
4. More
information is available at http://dpi.wi.gov/sped/topics/transition and http://www.witig.org/.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
Enter other options considered, if any, related to the end of eligibility for FAPE and the summary of
performance, including the reasons for rejecting those options along with any other relevant factors. If
no other options were considered, check the “None” box.
Parents and adult students have procedural
safeguards and can contact other sources for
assistance about understanding their rights
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792(2).
A required notice must inform parents and the adult student of the protections they have under the
procedural safeguards of IDEA and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in
understanding IDEA and state special education law.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents or adult student with a copy of the complete procedural
safeguards notice if the LEA previously provided the parents or adult student with a copy of the
procedural safeguards in the current school year. However, if parents or adult student request another
copy of the procedural safeguards, the LEA must provide one.
189
Back to Table of Contents
P-5 Parent Revocation of Consent for Special Education
Parent includes an adult student if parental rights have transferred. Wis. Stat. § 115.807(3). A parent may revoke consent for special education and
related services at any time. 34 CFR §§ 300.9(c) and 300.300(b)(4). The revocation of consent must be in writing. 34 CFR § 300.9(c). The revocation
must be for all special education and related services. A parent cannot decide to revoke consent for some services but keep others. 73 Fed. Reg. 73,011
(2008). Form P-5 may be given to and used by a parent to provide written revocation of consent. However, a particular form is not required, and a
parent may use other ways to provide written revocation. When the LEA receives written revocation of consent, the LEA must promptly provide prior
written notice a reasonable time before stopping special education and related services. See Form P-6; 34 CFR § 300.530(a); Wis. Stat. §
115.792(1)(b). A LEA may not use mediation or due process procedures to challenge revocation of consent. 34 CFR § 300.300(b)(4)(ii); Letter to Cox,
110 LRP 10357 (OSEP 2009); and Letter to Gerl, 59 IDELR 200 (OSEP 2012).
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Statement revoking consent and signature
34 CFR §§ 300.9(c).
Revocation of consent must be in writing, and this provides the required documentation.
Consequences of revocation
34 CFR § 300.300(b)(4).
The form explains the following consequences of revoking consent so the LEA can establish a
sufficient record that the parent has been appropriately informed. Once special education and related
services stop, the LEA:
Is not required to make a free and appropriate education (FAPE) to the student;
Is not required to have an IEP team meeting or develop an IEP for the student;
Is not required to follow discipline protections under the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Act (IDEA); and
Is not required to amend the student’s education records to remove any reference to the
student’s receipt of special education and related services.
Right to future evaluation and services
73 Fed. Reg. 73,015 (2008); Letter to Cox,
110 LRP 10357 (OSEP 2009).
The form provides the following information so the LEA can establish a sufficient record that the
parent has been appropriately informed. By revoking consent, a parent does not waive the right to a
future special education evaluation, and if found eligible, future special education and related services.
After revocation of consent, a future evaluation would be treated as an initial evaluation.
190
Back to Table of Contents
P-6 Notice of Cessation of Special Education and Related Services in Response to Parental Revocation of Consent
Parent includes an adult student if parental rights have transferred. Wis. Stat. § 115.807(3). A parent may revoke consent for special education and related
services at any time. 34 CFR §§ 300.9(c) and 300.300(b)(4). The revocation of consent must be in writing. 34 CFR § 300.9(c). When the LEA receives
a written revocation of consent, the LEA must promptly respond by providing prior written notice regarding the resulting change in placement and
services. 34 CFR § 300.530(a); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b). The prior written notice must be in accordance with 34 CFR § 300.503 (see page 5 of this
Guide to Special Education Forms). The prior written notice must be provided within a reasonable time before stopping special education and related
services 34 CFR § 300.530(a); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b). Providing this notice a reasonable time before discontinuing services gives a parent the
necessary information and time to fully consider the change. This form may be used to provide the required prior written notice.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of cessation of services
34 CFR § 300.530(a); Wis. Stat. §
115.792(1)(b).
When a parent revokes consent for special education, the LEA must provide prior written notice
informing the parent when the services will end.
Attachment of IEP
34 CFR § 300.530(a); Wis. Stat. §
115.792(1)(b).
The prior written notice must inform the parent of the educational services and supports declined.
Attaching the IEP gives this information.
A parent has unilateral authority to stop
special education and related services
34 CFR § 300.530(a); Wis. Stat. §
115.792(1)(b).
A prior written notice must contain the following content requirements (see page 5 of this Guide to
Special Education Forms):
a description of the action proposed or refused by the LEA;
an explanation why the LEA proposes or refuses to take the action;
a description of each evaluation; procedure, assessment, record or report the LEA used as a
basis for the proposed or refused action;
a description of any other options that the LEA considered and the reasons why those options
were rejected; and
a description of other factors relevant to a LEA’s proposal or refusal.
This section documents that a parent has the unilateral authority to stop special education and related
services, and that a LEA cannot refuse a parent’s request to do so. Consequently, there is no other basis
for the LEA’s action.
191
Back to Table of Contents
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503(b)(4) and (b)(5); Wis.
Stat. §§ 115.792(2)(g) and (2)(h).
Any required notice must include a statement that the parents of a student with a disability have
protections under the procedural safeguards of IDEA and of sources to obtain information and assistance
in understanding IDEA and state special education law. The LEA is not required to provide the parent
with another procedural safeguard notice if, in the current school year, the LEA previously provided the
notice. However, if the parent requests another copy, then the LEA must provide the parent one.
Narrative regarding consequences of
revocation
34 CFR §§ 300.9(c) and 300.300(b)(4).
The notice explains the consequences of revoking consent so the LEA can establish a sufficient record
that the parent has been appropriately informed. Once special education and related services stop, the
LEA:
is not required to make a free and appropriate education (FAPE) to the student;
is not required to have an IEP team meeting or develop an IEP for the student;
is not required to follow discipline protections under the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Act (IDEA); and
is not required to amend the student’s education records to remove any reference to the
student’s receipt of special education and related services.
Right to future evaluation and services
73 Fed. Reg. 73,015 (2008); Letter to Cox,
110 LRP 10357 (OSEP 2009).
The notice provides the following information to ensure an informed decision. By revoking consent, a
parent does not waive the right to a future special education evaluation, and if found eligible, future
special education and related services. After revocation of consent, a future evaluation would be treated
as an initial evaluation.
192
Back to Table of Contents
Miscellaneous
M-1 Notice of Response to an Activity Requested by a Parent
Form M-1 is used when a parent requests the LEA to take an action, and the LEA either proposes an alternate course of action or refuses the parent’s
request. 34 CFR § 300.503(a); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b).
Implementation Considerations: A parent may request an IEP team meeting to address services for their student, and the LEA should grant any reasonable
request for an IEP team meeting. 64 Fed. Reg. 12,580 and 12,624 (1999). If the district denies the request for an IEP team meeting, the LEA must provide
the parent with a notice of refusal in writing. 34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792. The notice must include an explanation of why the LEA refuses
to grant the request 34 CFR § 300.503(a); Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b).
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Date of request and notice
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
The LEA must respond within a reasonable amount of time after receiving a parent request to initiate
or change the identification, evaluation, educational placement of the student, or the provision of free
appropriate public education (FAPE) to the student.
Action requested by parent and LEA
response
34 CFR § 300.503(a);
Wis. Stat. § 115.792(1)(b).
Enter a description of the action requested by the parent, the date of the request, and the student’s name.
If the LEA proposes an alternate course of action, check the box “Proposes the following action
regarding your request.” State the course of action, the reason, and any other options considered and the
reasons rejected. If the LEA refuses the action proposed by the parent, check the box “Refuses your
request.” State the reasons and any other options considered and the reasons rejected.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503(b)(4) and (b)(5);
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.792(2)(g) and (2)(h).
A required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards of
IDEA and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA and
state special education law.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards notice
if the LEA previously provided the parents with a copy of the procedural safeguards in the current
school year. However, if parents request another copy of the procedural safeguards, the LEA must
provide one.
193
Back to Table of Contents
M-2 Notice of Agreement to Extend Time Limit to Complete Evaluation for Transfer Student
Within 60 calendar days of receiving parent consent to administer tests or other evaluation materials as a part of an initial evaluation or a reevaluation,
or informing parents that no additional assessment or evaluation data are needed, an IEP team must meet and determine whether a student is or continues
to be a child with a disability.34 CFR § 300.301(c); Wis. Stat. § 115.78(3)(a). The law permits extension of the 60-day timeline when a student
transfers from one LEA to another during the 60-day time period, but only if the parent and receiving LEA agree to a specific time when the evaluation
will be completed and the receiving LEA makes sufficient progress to ensure prompt completion of the evaluation. 34 CFR §§ 300.301(d)(2) and (e);
Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(b)1. Form M-2 is used to document an agreement between a parent and a LEA to extend the 60-calendar-day timeline. 34 CFR
§§ 300.301(d)(2) and (e); Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(b)1.
Implementation Considerations:
A LEA may neither unilaterally impose an extension nor request an extension from the Department of Public Instruction. The Department has no authority
to grant extensions of the 60-day time limit.
The LEA should establish a process to obtain information to decide whether to propose an extension and designate the personnel with the authority to
agree with a parent to extend the time in which to complete the evaluation.
While an agreement between the LEA and the parent is required, there is no requirement the parent sign a written agreement. Form M-2 documents the
agreement between the LEA and the parent.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Parent agreement to extend the time to
complete the evaluation
34 CFR §§ 300.301(d)(2) and (e);
Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(b)1.
Document on form M-2 that the parent and LEA agreed to extend the time limit in which to complete
the evaluation, including the date of the agreement and how the agreement occurred, e.g., face-to-face
conference, phone conversation, or exchange of e-mails. Enter the agreed upon date (month, day, year)
for the evaluation to be completed.
Reason for the extension
34 CFR §§ 300.301(d)(2) and (e);
Wis. Stat. § 115.777(3)(b)1.
Identify the reason(s) that an extension of the 60-day timeline is needed.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors
34 CFR § 300.503; Wis. Stat. § 115.792.
Enter other options considered, if any, when proposing to extend the 60-day timeline and the reasons
those options were rejected along with any other factors relevant to the timeline extension. If no other
options were considered, check the “None” box.
194
Back to Table of Contents
General information about the right to be
provided additional time
34 CFR §§ 300.301(d)(2) and (e); Wis. Stat.
§ 115.777(3)(b)1.
If the parents of a student or LEA staff determine that additional time is needed to permit meaningful
parent participation, the LEA must provide it within the applicable timelines for completing the
evaluation and meeting to develop an IEP.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503(b)(4) and (b)(5);
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.792(2)(g) and (2)(h).
A required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards of
IDEA, and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA and
state special education law.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards notice
if the LEA previously provided the parents with a copy of the procedural safeguards in the current
school year. However, if parents request another copy of the procedural safeguards, the LEA must
provide one.
195
Back to Table of Contents
M-3 Agreement to Extend the Time Limit to Complete the Evaluation of a Child Suspected of Having a Specific Learning Disability
Within 60 calendar days of receiving parental consent to administer tests or other evaluation materials as a part of an initial evaluation or a reevaluation,
or informing parents that no additional evaluation data are needed, an IEP team must meet and determine whether a child is or continues to be a child
with a disability.34 CFR § 300.301(c); Wis. Stat. § 115.78(3)(a). The law permits extension of the 60-day timeline to complete an evaluation for a
specific learning disability (SLD) if the parent and the LEA agree in writing. 34 CFR § 300.309(c); Wis. Admin. Code P.I. § 11.36(6)(b). This exception
applies when SLD is being considered for the first time and permits a LEA the necessary time to collect data on a child/student’s response to required
intensive interventions.
Implementation Considerations:
A LEA may neither unilaterally extend the time limit nor request an extension from the Department of Public Instruction. The Department has no
authority to grant extensions.
The LEA should establish a process to obtain information to decide whether to propose an extension and should designate the personnel with the authority
to agree with a parent to extend the time in which to complete the evaluation.
Note the effective date of an agreement to extend the evaluation is the date the parent signs a written agreement, not the date the LEA and the parent
discussed the matter and agreed upon an extension.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Agreement to extend the time to complete
the evaluation
34 CFR § 300.309(c); Wis. Admin. Code
P.I. § 11.36(6)(b).
The notice documents discussions with the parent about an extension and the agreed upon date (month,
day, year) for the evaluation to be completed. Enter the date the LEA personnel and the parent spoke or
communicated by other means and agreed on a date to complete the evaluation. Enter the agreed-upon
date to complete the evaluation.
Reason for the extension
34 CFR § 300.309(c); Wis. Admin. Code
P.I. § 11.36(6)(b).
The LEA must identify the reason(s) for extending the evaluation.
Other options considered and reasons
rejected, and a description of any other
relevant factors. 34 CFR § 300.503; Wis.
Stat. § 115.792
Enter other options considered, if any, when proposing an extension of the 60-day timeline and the
reasons the other options were rejected along with any other factors relevant to the timeline extension.
If no other options were considered, check the “None” box.
196
Back to Table of Contents
Written parent agreement needed
34 CFR § 300.309(c); Wis. Admin. Code
P.I. § 11.36(6)(b).
The parent signs form M-3 and enters the date the parent signed.
Parents have procedural safeguards and can
contact other sources for assistance about
understanding their rights
34 CFR §§ 300.503(b)(4) and (b)(5);
Wis. Stat. §§ 115.792(2)(g) and (2)(h).
A required notice must inform parents of the protections they have under the procedural safeguards of
IDEA and of sources they can contact to obtain information and assistance in understanding IDEA and
state special education law.
The LEA is not required to provide the parents with a copy of the complete procedural safeguards notice
if the LEA previously provided the parents with a copy of the procedural safeguards in the current
school year. However, if parents request another copy of the procedural safeguards, the LEA must
provide one.
197
Back to Table of Contents
M-5 Consent to Bill Wisconsin Medicaid for Medically-Related Special Education and Related Services
Through the Medicaid school-based services (SBS) benefit, LEAs may submit claims to Wisconsin Medicaid for covered services provided to
Medicaid-eligible students. 34 CFR § 300.154(d)(1). Form M-5 is used to obtain parental consent to release education records to Wisconsin Medicaid
and to obtain consent to bill Medicaid for covered services. The services must be listed in a student’s IEP. Letter to Smith,48 IDELR 134 (OSEP
2007); Letter to Guess, 47 IDELR 135 (OSEP 2007).
Implementation Considerations:
Districts are required to obtain consent before billing Medicaid. 34 CFR § 300.154(d)(2)(iv); 78 Fed. Reg. 10,525 (2013). Consent may be obtained
one time for the specific services and the duration of the services identified in a student’s IEP. Letter to Smith,48 IDELR 134 (OSEP 2007); Letter to
Guess, 47 IDELR 135 (OSEP 2007). The consent is effective until the parent revokes consent or specific conditions apply. Please refer to bulletin
14.01 at https://dpi.wi.gov/sped/laws-procedures-bulletins/bulletins/14-01 for further guidance.
FORM CONTENT
CLARIFICATION/EXPLANATION
Identification of services that will be
claimed under Wisconsin Medicaid
34 CFR § 300.154(d)(2)(iv).
The LEA may submit a claim to Medicaid through the school-based services (SBS) benefit for
attendant care services, nursing services, physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech and language
pathology services, specialized medical transportation, psychological services, counseling, social work
services, and developmental testing and assessment. The services that may be claimed to Medicaid
through SBS are determined by Wisconsin Administrative Code and the ForwardHealth Online
Handbook (https://www.forwardhealth.wi.gov/) and are subject to change. Enter the specific school-
based services in the student’s IEP to be billed to Wisconsin Medicaid.
Consent is needed before releasing
education records to the Medicaid agency
34 CFR § 300.154(d)(2)(iv).
Both the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and IDEA prohibit a LEA from
releasing a student’s education records to a State Medicaid agency for insurance billing without
parental consent. List education records which the LEA may disclose to Wisconsin Medicaid. The
parents must be informed of the reason for the disclosure, and that upon request they may receive
copies of the records disclosed.
Consent is needed before billing Wisconsin
Medicaid. 34 CFR § 300.154(d)(2)(iv).
Explanation regarding consent is voluntary,
the right to revoke that consent, and the
effect of refusing consent
34 CFR § 300.154(d)(2)(iv).
The LEA may not bill Medicaid for covered services in a student’s IEP unless and until it obtains
parental consent for billing.
The LEA must inform parents the granting of their consent is voluntary and may be revoked at any
time. Parents must be informed they are not required to give their consent. Revocation of consent is
not retroactive. Revocation does not negate an action that has occurred after the consent was given and
before the consent was revoked. Therefore, it does not negate any billing that occurred after consent
was given and before it was revoked. If the parent refuses to consent, the LEA must ensure that all
required special education and related services are provided at no cost to the parent.
198
Back to Table of Contents
M-6 Notification of Upcoming Transfer of Rights
This form documents the requirement to provide notice to the parent(s) and student one year prior the student reaching the age of majority. 34 CFR §
300.320(c). This form also provides information to the student and their parents on supported decision-making under Wisconsin Statutes Chapter 52,
other alternatives to guardianship, and strategies to remain engaged in the student's secondary education, as required by Wis. Stat. § 115.807(4).
Implementation Considerations:
Beginning not later than one year before the student reaches the age of majority under State law (which is 18 in Wisconsin), the IEP must include a
statement that the student has been informed that the rights of the parent will transfer to the adult student when they turn 18. 34 CFR § 300.320(c).
Parents and students must be notified of the upcoming transfer of rights at least one year before the student’s 18
th
birthday and it must be included in
the student’s IEP. 71 Fed. Reg. 46,713 (2006). This means that the M-6 notice should be discussed at the IEP meeting for the term in which the student
turns age 17, and a copy should be sent home with the finalized IEP paperwork.
The M-6 is designed to be discussed with both the student and the parent(s) in person at the IEP team meeting for the year the student turns 17. The M-
6 notice should also be sent to both the parent(s) and the student. The M-6 for the parent can be attached to the IEP, and the M-6 for the student should
be sent to the student’s home address.
The PTP application also includes a prompt to ensure the student and parent(s) have been notified of the upcoming transfer of rights at least one year
before the student reaches age 18. If this form is discussed at the IEP meeting for the year in which the student turns 17 and a copy is provided to the
parent(s) and the student, a simple statement such as “the M-6 form was discussed at the IEP team meeting and mailed to the parent(s) and student” is
sufficient for documentation in the PTP.
199
Back to Table of Contents
M-7 Student Notification of Transfer of Rights
This form documents the requirement to provide notice to a student who has reached the age of majority (age 18 in Wisconsin),who has not been found
by a court to be incompetent, and who now has the rights given to the parent(s) under state and federal special education law. Wis. Stat. § 115.807(3).
This form also provides the student with information on supported decision-making under Wisconsin Statutes Chapter 52, other alternatives to
guardianship, and strategies to remain engaged in the student's secondary education, as required by Wis. Stat. § 115.807(4).
Implementation Considerations:
The district must inform both the adult student and their parent(s) of this transfer of rights. Wis. Stat. § 115.807(3). Form M-7 documents notification
to the adult student.
The parents of an adult student who continues to be financially dependent upon the parents may continue to have access to their child’s pupil records,
unless the adult student notifies the school in writing this information may not be shared with the parents without the student’s permission, Wis. Stat. §
118.125(2)(k). This transfer of rights at the age of majority should be included in the school district’s policy on pupil records to help ensure both
parents and students understand this process.
Adult students must be notified of the transfer of rights when they reach the age of 18. For record keeping purposes, DPI recommends sending Form
M-7 and M-8 on the student’s 18
th
birthday. If the district chooses, the M-7 and M-8 notice can also be sent along with the first notice applicable to the
student after their 18
th
birthday.
The M-7 form is not required to be provided at an IEP team meeting or included in an IEP. The M-7 notice is sent directly to the adult student’s
address.
The PTP application also includes a prompt to ensure the adult student has been notified of the transfer of rights at age 18. If this form is provided to
adult student, a simple statement such as “the M-7 form was mailed to (the adult student) on (date)” is sufficient for documentation in the PTP.
200
Back to Table of Contents
M-8 Parent Notification of Transfer of Rights
This form documents the requirement to provide notice to the parent(s) that the adult student who has reached the age of majority (age 18 in
Wisconsin), who has not been found by a court to be incompetent, and who now has the rights previous given to the parent(s) under state and federal
special education law. Wis. Stat. § 115.807(3). This form also provides the parent(s) with information on supported decision-making under Wisconsin
Statutes Chapter 52, other alternatives to guardianship, and strategies to remain engaged in the student's secondary education, as required by Wis. Stat.
§ 115.807(4).
Implementation Considerations:
The district must inform both the adult student and their parent(s) of this transfer of rights. Wis. Stat. § 115.807(3). Form M-8 documents notification
to the adult student’s parent(s).
The parents of an adult student who continues to be financially dependent upon the parents may continue to have access to their child’s pupil records,
unless the adult student notifies the school in writing this information may not be shared with the parents without the student’s permission, Wis. Stat. §
118.125(2)(k). This transfer of rights at the age of majority should be included in the school district’s policy on pupil records to help ensure both
parents and students understand this process.
The parent(s) of an adult student must be notified of the transfer of rights to the student when they reach the age of 18. For record keeping purposes,
DPI recommends sending Form M-7 and M-8 on the student’s 18
th
birthday. If the district chooses, the M-7 and M-8 notice can also be sent along with
the first notice applicable to the student after their 18
th
birthday.
The M-8 form is not required to be provided at an IEP team meeting or included in an IEP. The M-8 notice is sent directly to the adult student’s
parent(s) address.
The PTP application also includes a prompt to ensure the adult student has been notified of the transfer of rights at age 18. If this form is provided to
adult student’s parent(s), a simple statement such as “the M-8 form was mailed to (the adult student) on (date)” is sufficient for documentation in the
PTP.